INSTALLATION, OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

INSTALLATION, OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FOR

( 2 ) MODEL RDT400 HYCOR® THICKTECH™ UNIT

SPECIFICATION SECTION 11142

ROTARY DRUM SLUDGE THICKENING SYSTEM

PROJECT NUMBER: 510325 SERIAL NUMBERS: 51032502 & 51032503

PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION:

CONTRACT A & C – BEAVER CHANNEL PUMP STATION & NEW WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT

CLINTON, IA

ENGINEER: HDR ENGINEERING, INC. 8404 INDIAN HILLS DRIVE OMAHA, NE 68114-409

CONTRACTOR: GRIDOR CONSTR., INC. 3990 27TH STREET S.E. BUFFALO, MN 55313

MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER: PARKSON 562 BUNKER COURT VERNON HILLS, IL 60061-1831 U.S.A. PH: 847-816-3700 FAX: 847-816-3707 SERVICE: 1-888-PARKSON PARTS (TOLL FREE): 1-800-249-2140 www.parkson.com [email protected]

LOCAL PRODUCT REPRESENTATIVE: MC², INC. 2320 SOUTH 156TH CIRCLE OMAHA, NE 68130-2511 PHONE: 402-333-9660 FAX: 402-333-9663

Date: July 29, 2011 Revision 2

5/09

HYCOR THICKTECH™ UNIT MODEL RDT400 INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PARKSON

562 BUNKER COURT VERNON HILLS, IL 60061-1831 U.S.A.

PHONE: 847-816-3700 FAX: 847-816-3707

SERVICE: 1-888-PARKSON PARTS (TOLL FREE): 1-800-249-2140

www.parkson.com [email protected]

Date: July 29, 2011 Revision 2

PREFACE THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE INTENDED AS GUIDELINES TO ASSIST THE OPERATING PERSONNEL IN THE DAY-TO-DAY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PARKSON UNIT OR EQUIPMENT. OPERATING PERSONNEL SHOULD ALWAYS FOLLOW PROPER SAFETY PROCEDURES IN ACCORD WITH BOTH INDUSTRY SAFETY STANDARDS AND THEIR OWN COMPANY SAFETY POLICIES WHEN PROCEEDING WITH OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE EQUIPMENT. THIS MANUAL IS NEITHER DESIGNED NOR INTENDED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES WHICH MUST BE FOLLOWED WHILE IMPLEMENTING THE MAINTENANCE/OPERATION PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THIS MANUAL. IT IS ASSUMED THAT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ARE QUALIFIED AND EXPERIENCED. THE PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PARKSON UNIT IS WITH THE OWNER-OPERATOR AND THE PERSONNEL CONDUCTING THE MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. SECTION ONE GENERAL INFORMATION 1-1 Safety Practices 1-1 thru 1-3 Delivery and Inspection 1-4 Storage 1-4 SECTION TWO TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2-1 Application 2-1 Unit Description 2-1 & 2-2 Operation 2-2 Operating and Performance Characteristics 2-3 SECTION THREE INSTALLATION 3-1 Mechanical Work 3-1 thru 3-3 Electrical Work 3-4 & 3-5 SECTION FOUR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 4-1 Start Up Procedures 4-1 Starting Sequence and Adjustments 4-1 thru 4-3 Shutdown and Cleaning Procedures 4-3 & 4-4 Other Considerations 4-4 Emergency Operating Instructions 4-5 SECTION FIVE MAINTENANCE 5-1 Daily 5-1 & 5-2 Weekly 5-2 Monthly 5-3 Semi-Annually 5-3 Annually 5-3 & 5-4 Maintenance Schedule 5-5 Lubrication Chart 5-6

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd.)

Page No.

SECTION SIX REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT 6-1

Chain Repair 6-1Chain and Sprocket Replacement 6-2Trunnion Wheel Replacement 6-3Stabilizer Wheel Replacement 6-3 &6-4Spray Bar Removal 6-4Nozzle Replacement 6-4Drum Screen Replacement 6-4Drum Cylinder Replacement 6-4Gear Reducer/Motor Replacement 6-4Unit Parts List Bill of Material 6-5 & 6-6

SECTION SEVEN TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE 7-1

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit 7-1 & 7-2Motor 7-3 thru 7-6

SECTION EIGHT REPLACEMENT PARTS 8-1

Replacement Parts List 8-2Purchased Spare Parts 8-3Recommended Spare Parts, Priced 8-4No Special Tools Required

SECTION NINE COMPONENT DATA 9-1

A. Burks Booster Pump 9A-1 thru 22B. Self-Cleaning Shower Header 9B-1 thru 8C. Gearmotor, Unit Drum Drive 9C-1 thru 27D. Gearmotor, Floc (mixer) Drive 9D-1 thru 24E. Pull Cord Emergency Stop 9E-1 thru 5F. Variable Frequency Drive Quick Guide 9F-1 thru 23G. Solenoid Valve Data 9G-1 thru 6H. Polymer Mixer Data 9H-1 thru 2

SECTION TEN DRAWINGS 10-1

Control Panel BOM/DrawingsEquipment Drawings

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd.)

TABLES Title Page No.

Operating and Performance Characteristics, table 2-3 2-3 Unit Dry Weights, table 3-1 3-1 Spray System, table 3-2 3-2

FIGURES

Title Page No. Label Part Number and Placement 1-3B Major Components of the Standard ThickTech Unit 2-1B Cylinder Rotation 4-1A Internal Water Spray 4-1B ThickTech Unit Lubrication Points 5-6B Chain and Sprocket Assembly 6-1A Trunnion Wheel Assembly 6-3A Stabilizer Wheel Assembly 6-4A Unit Parts List Bill of Material 6-6A Equipment Parts List 8-2A

EXHIBITS Exhibit C1 01340-1 thru 3 Exhibit C2 01340-4 Exhibit C3 01340-5

iii

EXHIBITS

007-91090047-003 MSS - MASTER SPECIFICATION SYSTEMMASTER SPECIFICATION SECTION -

SUBMITTALS01340 - 1

EXHIBIT C1 Equipment Record

Equipment Data and Spare Parts Summary Page 1 of 3

Project Name CONTRACT A & C – BEAVER CHANNEL PUMP STATION & NEW WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT SpecificationSection: 11142

Equipment Name ROTARY DRUM SLUDGE THICKENING SYSTEM YearInstalled: 2011

Project Equipment Tag No(s). 29TS-RDT01 & 29TS-RDT02

Equipment Manufacturer PARKSON CORPORATION Project/Order No. 510325

Address 562 BUNKER COURT VERNON HILLS, IL 60061-1831 U.S.A. Phone 847-816-3700

Fax 847-816-3707 Web Site www.parkson.com E-mail

Local Vendor/Service Center MC², INC.

Address 2320 SOUTH 156TH CIRCLE OMAHA, NE 68130-2511 Phone 402-333-9660

Fax 402-333-9663 Web Site E-mail

MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATAEquip. DRUM GEAR REDUCER Serial No.850049143.10.10.001

Make SEW EURODRIVE Model No. 77DRP112M4DH

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP N/A RPM 1765 Cap.

Size TDH Imp. Sz. CFM PSI

Other:

ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATAEquip. DRUM GEAR MOTOR Serial No. 850049143.10.10.001

Make SEW EURODRIVE Model No. DRP112M4DH

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP 3 V. 266A/460Y Amp. 6.50 HZ 60 PH 3 RPM 1765 SF 1.15

Duty CONT Code B Ins. Cl. F Type NEMA C Amb. 40°C Temp. Rise Rating

Other: MOBIL 660XP 220 OIL

MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATAEquip. FLOC GEAR REDUCER Serial No. 8500049148.10.10.001

Make SEW EURODRIVE Model No. RF37DT80K4-KS

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP RPM 1700 Cap.


Other:

ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATAEquip. FLOC GEAR MOTOR Serial No. 8500049148.10.10.001

Make SEW EURODRIVE Model No. DFT80K4-KS

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP 0.5 V. 123YY/460Y Amp. 1.76 HZ 60 PH 3 RPM 1700 SF 1.15


Other: MOBIL 660XP 220

1

rajeevr

Text Box


SUBMITTALS01340 - 2

1Equipment Data and Spare Parts Summary Page 2 of 3

MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATAEquip. BOOSTER PUMP Serial No.

Make BURKS Model No. ES8M-AB 1x1-1/4”

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP RPM Cap.


Other:

ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATA

Equip. BOOSTER PUMP MOTOR Serial No. F1007282578

Make BALDOR Model No.

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP 5 V. 460 Amp. 6 HZ 60 PH 3 RPM 3600 SF 1.15

Duty CONT Code A Ins. Cl. F Type SEV.DUTY NEMA C Amb. Temp. Rise Rating

Other:

MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATA

Equip. DRUM GEAR REDUCER Serial No. 850049143.10.10.002

Make SEW EURODRIVE Model No. 77DRP112M4DH



Other:


Equip. DRUM GEAR MOTOR Serial No. 850049143.10.10.002

Make SEW EURODRIVE Model No. DRP112M4DH

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP 3 V. 266A/460Y Amp. 6.50 HZ 60 PH 3 RPM 1765 SF 1.15


Other: MOBIL 660XP 220 OIL

MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATA

Equip. FLOC GEAR REDUCER Serial No. 8500049148.10.10.002

Make SEW EURODRIVE Model No. RF37DT80K4-KS



Other:


Equip. FLOC GEAR MOTOR Serial No. 8500049148.10.10.002

Make SEW EURODRIVE Model No. DFT80K4-KS

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP 0.5 V. 123YY/460Y Amp. 1.76 HZ 60 PH 3 RPM 1700 SF 1.15


Other: MOBIL 660XP 220

MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATAEquip. BOOSTER PUMP Serial No.

Make BURKS Model No. ES8M-AB 1x1-1/4”

ID No. Frame No. HP RPM Cap.


Other:

ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATAEquip. BOOSTER PUMP MOTOR Serial No. F1008255484

Make BALDOR Model No.

ID No. N/A Frame No. N/A HP 5 V. 460 Amp. 6 HZ 60 PH 3 RPM 3600 SF 1.15

Duty CONT Code A Ins. Cl.F Type SEV. DUTY NEMA C Amb. Temp. Rise Rating

Other:

2

rajeevr

Text Box

rajeevr

Text Box


SUBMITTALS01340 - 3

1Equipment Data and Spare Parts Summary Page 3 of 3

SPARE PARTS PROVIDED PER CONTRACTPart No. Part Name Quantity

5283-014-001 Woven Wire Screen, 1st Stage 1

5283-014-002 Woven Wire Screen, 2nd Stage 1

5283-014-004 Woven Wire Screen, 3rd, 4th Stage 2

5021-052 Trunnion Wheel Assembly 6

3039-052 Drive Chain, #60 99"

3388-001 Chain Link 1

3388-028 Chain Link Offset 1

4013-042 Drive Sprocket 1

4013-038 Driven Sprocket 1

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTSPart No. Part Name Quantity

5021-052 Trunnion Wheel Assembly 6

3039-052 Drive Chain, #60 99"

3388-001 Chain Link 1

3388-028 Chain Link Offset 1

4013-042 Drive Sprocket 1

4013-038 Driven Sprocket 1

3384-005 Base Tensioner, Lovejoy 1

6006-074 Booster Pump Repair Kit 1

(Jun 1990; Revised Oct 2001, Revised Nov 2007)Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc.

2

rajeevr

Text Box

rajeevr

Text Box


SUBMITTALS01340 - 4

1EXHIBIT C2 Equipment Record

Recommended Maintenance SummaryEquipment Description ROTARY DRUM SLUDGE THICKENING SYSTEM Project Equip. Tag No(s). 29TS-RDT01 & 29TS-RDT02

RECOMMENDED BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE (FIRST OIL CHANGES, ETC.)

INITIAL COMPLETION *FOLLOWING START-UP

D W M Q S A Hours

Trunnion Wheels are packed with grease X

Grease on the bearing seals X

Grease rotary drum drive chain X

Check gearmotors and gear reducer oil levels X

RECOMMENDED PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCEPM TASK INTERVAL *

D W M Q S A Hours

General visual inspection X

Inspect and lubricate drive chain X

Inspect and lubricate trunnion wheels X

Rinse accumulated solids off unit (Clean after a shutdown) X

Inspect spray nozzles and clean, if necessary X

Inspect screen for solids build-up and any damage X

Clean interior of equipment X

Check gear reducer oil levels X

Inspect drum cylinder X

Inspect chain, drive, driven and tensioner sprockets X

Inspect trunnion and stabilizer wheels for misalignment and excessive wear X

Check gear reducer output shaft for abnormal play X

Inspect solenoid valve (where applicable) X

Change oil in gear reducers X

Lubricate gear reducer bearings X

Thoroughly inspect and clean unit X

Clean and re-lubricate chain X

Lubricate washwater booster pump (For intermittent use lube every two years) X

* D = Daily W = Weekly M = Monthly Q = Quarterly S = Semiannual A = Annual Hours = Run Time Interval

(Jun 1990; Revised Oct 2001, Revised Nov 2007)Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc.

rajeevr

Text Box


SUBMITTALS01340 - 5

1EXHIBIT C3 Equipment Record

Lubrication SummaryEquipment Description ROTARY DRUM SLUDGE THICKENING SYSTEM Project Equip. Tag No(s). 29TS-RDT01 & 29TS-RDT02

Lubricant Point: Drum drive Chain

Lubr

ican

tTyp

e

Manufacturer Product AGMA # SAE # ISO

1 White Lithium Grease w/Teflon

2 Hydrotex #528 Deluxe Special Hi-Speed

3

4

5

Lubricant Point: Drum Drive Gear Reducer – 0.32 Gallons

Lubr

ican

tTyp

e


1 Mobil Mobilgear 630

2 Shell Omala Oil 220

3

4

5

Lubricant Point: Floc Drive Gear Reducer – 0.18 Gallons

Lubr

ican

tTyp

e


1 Mobil Mobilgear 630

2 Shell Omala Oil 220

3

4

5

Lubricant Point: All Gear Reducer Bearings

Lubr

ican

tTyp

e


1 Mobil Mobilux EP2

2 Shell Alvania R3

3

4

5

Lubricant Point: Ball Bearing Trunnion Wheels

Lubr

ican

tTyp

e


1 Lubriko T-723-B

2 Hydrotex MT55 NL GI Grade 2

3

4

5

Lubricant Point: Washwater Booster Pump Frame Bearings

Lubr

ican

tTyp

e


1 Chevron Chevron SR1 NL GI GR.2

2

3

4

5

(Feb 1991; Revised Oct 2001, Revised Nov 2007)Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc.

rajeevr

Text Box

SECTION ONE

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit GENERAL INFORMATION

Safety Practices

! DANGER !

MACHINE MAY START AUTOMATICALLY. TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH: CONSULT OPERATOR'S MANUAL BEFORE SERVICING. KEEP AWAY FROM ALL MOVING PARTS, BLADES AND

DISCHARGE CHUTES DURING OPERATION. DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE WITHOUT GUARDS AND

COVERS IN PLACE. FOLLOW LOCK OUT PROCEDURES BEFORE SERVICING:

LOCK OUT POWER WITH PADLOCK FOR WHICH ONLY YOU HAVE THE KEY.

IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, IN ORDER TO AVOID UNSAFE OR HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS, THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PROVISIONS MUST BE STRICTLY OBSERVED: THIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE OPERATED AND MAINTAINED

ONLY BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL WHO HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE OPERATOR'S MANUAL, HAVE BEEN TRAINED IN ITS USE, AND FOLLOWING ANY AND ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY PROCEDURES.

1-1

WHEN INSTALLING OR MAINTAINING THE SCREEN OR ASSOCIATED HARDWARE, BE SURE THAT ANY LIFTING EQUIPMENT IS OF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY BEFORE LIFTING OR MOVING THE THICKTECH™ UNIT OR ASSOCIATED HARDWARE.

MAKE SURE ANY ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARE DONE

BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL AND ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS.

DO NOT OPERATE A DAMAGED OR MALFUNCTIONING

MECHANISM UNTIL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS OR REPAIRS HAVE BEEN MADE.

OVERLOAD AND/OR INTERLOCK SWITCHES ARE

EMERGENCY DEVICES. DO NOT USE THE OVERLOAD OR INTERLOCK SWITCHES TO STOP THE MACHINE DURING NORMAL OPERATION.

DO NOT OVERLOAD THE SCREEN OR USE IT FOR

ANYTHING BUT THE INTENDED USE. DO PRACTICE GOOD HOUSEKEEPING. ALWAYS INSURE

THE UNIT IS KEPT CLEAN AND THE AREA AROUND THE UNIT FREE OF POSSIBLE HAZARDS.

ALWAYS OPERATE AND PERFORM MAINTENANCE IN A

MANNER THAT PROMOTES SAFE CONDITIONS. ALWAYS USE THE PROPER TOOLS, WEAR THE PROPER CLOTHING, ETC. FOR THE TASK AT HAND.

WHEN INSTALLING THIS UNIT, ALWAYS INSURE THERE IS

A LOCKABLE DISCONNECT WITHIN SIGHT OF THE UNIT.

1-2

CONTACT WITH OR EXPOSURE TO MATERIAL PROCESSED OR LUBRICANTS AND OTHER FLUIDS MAY CAUSE INFECTION OR ADVERSE REACTIONS. REPORT ANY CUTS, INJURIES OR EXPOSURE TO YOUR SUPERVISOR IMMEDIATELY AND SEEK APPROPRIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.

THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN SUPPLIED WITH WARNING

LABELS; SHOULD THEY BECOME DAMAGED, REMOVED OR ILLEGIBLE, PLEASE CONTACT PARKSON CORPORATION FOR NO-COST REPLACEMENT LABELS.

WARNING LABEL PART NUMBER FOR THIS PRODUCT IS 3824-002. BASED ON MODEL, SEE FIGURES ON PAGES 1-3A OR 1-3B FOR PROPER LOCATION.

HYCOR® PRODUCTS 562 BUNKER COURT

VERNON HILLS, IL 60061-1831 U.S.A. 847-816-3700 FAX: 847-816-3707

SERVICE: 1-888-PARKSON PARTS (TOLL FREE): 1-800-249-2140

1-3

PA

RK

SO

N-H

YC

OR

DA

NG

ER

DA

NG

ER

OIL

CH

EC

K

NA

ME

PLA

TE

OIL

CH

EC

K

DA

NG

ER

RO

TA

TIO

N C

CW

RO

TA

TIO

N C

W

LA

BE

L L

OC

AT

ION

&

UN

IT P

LA

CE

ME

NT

R

HY

CO

R

PR

OD

UC

TS

PA

RK

SON

CO

RPO

RA

TIO

NF

OR

T L

AU

DE

RD

AL

E, F

LO

RID

A

PR

OJE

CT

SE

RIA

L

MO

DEL

PR

OD

UCT

PA

RK

SO

N C

OR

PO

RA

TIO

N

HYC

OR

P

RO

DUC

TS

FO

RT

LA

UD

ER

DA

LE

, FL

OR

IDA

LA

BE

L P

/N 3

824-

009

LA

BE

L P

/N 3

824-

002

LA

BE

L P

/N 3

824-

008 LA

BE

L P

/N 3

824-

065

LA

BE

L P

/N 3

82

4-00

2

LA

BE

L P

/N 3

824

-007

LA

BE

L P

/N 3

824-

002

LA

BE

L P

/N 3

824-

009

LA

BE

L P

/N 3

027-

054

DIS

CH

AR

GE

EN

DL

EV

EL

IN

DIC

AT

OR

PO

SIT

ION

INP

UT

EN

DLE

VE

L IN

DIC

AT

OR

PO

SIT

ION

TY

P B

OT

H S

IDE

SLE

VE

L IN

DIC

AT

OR

PO

SIT

ION

0.0

TY

P

6 P

LA

CE

SLE

VE

L A

T 0

.0 D

EG

RE

ES

RD

T20

0 /

300

/ 400

LEV

EL

1-3B

Delivery and Inspection The ThickTech™ unit is shipped as a completely assembled unit, ready for installation. After the unit has been unloaded, conduct a visual inspection and count of the shipping containers to determine if any shipping damage or material shortage occurred in transit. Be careful not to jar crates and/or to puncture crated materials with lifting forks.

NOTE: You must report, in writing, any damaged or missing parts to the shipping carrier and Parkson Corporation within 48 hours of receipt of the unit. Purchaser shall bear the responsibility for the replacement of equipment that is determined to be missing after this period.

To assist in identifying correct quantities and parts, reference the attached packing list on the shipping crate. A purchase order shall accompany any order to Parkson Corporation for replacement of parts that were damaged during shipment. The purchaser shall direct all shipment damage back charges to the carrier. Storage For storage under 60 days, the equipment should be covered for protection from the environment and well ventilated to prevent moisture build-up on surfaces. Coverings should be secured to prevent rubbing on the equipment. The unit drum should be operated for four (4) revolutions once every two (2) weeks, if power is available, or rotated manually at least one full revolution. Upon completion of the drum rotation or operation, the unit should be stopped on a different drum location and trunnion wheel location to avoid the development of flat spots in trunnion wheels or drum cylinder.

NOTE: Some ThickTech™ units may be shipped with the rotary drum supported on shipping blocks. In this condition it is not necessary to rotate the drum as stated above. The shipping blocks must be removed before start-up and first operation.

Coat all exterior non-painted metal shafts and surfaces with a long lasting rustproof coating effective outdoors (similar to Cortec products VCI-368 or VCI-389). Long Term Storage (Additional Requirements) For long-term storage the gear reducers should be filled to the proper level with the correct type of oil. Add an oil based corrosion inhibitor equivalent to an oil concentration of 2 - 4% of the standard oil volume of the unit gear reducers (similar to Cortec product M-529). Attach a Long Term Storage tag, to the eye bolt of the reducer using plastic tie wrap, indicating the need to remove the rustproof coating applied to shafts and exposed surfaces with mineral spirits. It is not necessary to adjust or change the gear oil.

CAUTION

STAINLESS STEEL MATERIAL WILL APPEAR TO RUST IF CONTAMINATED WITH WELD SPATTER, CARBON STEEL DUST FROM A GRINDING WHEEL, OR OTHER AIRBORNE OR WATERBORNE CONTAMINANTS. SPECIAL CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE UNIT AT ALL TIMES.

1-4

SECTION TWO

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING. Application Designed as a rotary drum sludge thickener, the ThickTech™ unit performs two functions. The first function is to achieve flocculation with minimal amount of expensive chemicals. The second function, dewatering, takes place along a multi-zone drum cylinder. The zones can have different size mesh media to augment thickened solids and capture efficiency as the sludge moves along the length of cylinder. Unit Description The ThickTech unit will consist of: flock development tank, driven impeller, step down header, multiple stage rotary drum with filtration media, drum drive system, supporting frame, trunnion wheels, horizontal stabilizer wheels, spray deflection covering, spray wash header, spray wash booster pump and return water collection tank. (See page 2-1A or 2-1B based on model) The flock tank, with drive impeller, increases flock development. The step down header inside the rotary drum receives the influent from the flock tank and directs it to the screen cylinder for separation. The distribution system distributes the flow to both sides of the screen surface. The multi stage rotary drum cylinder separates the solids and transports them to the solids discharge via a split auger flight arrangement. The drive system rotates the screen cylinder by utilizing a chain and sprockets. The frame acts as the main support system for the flock tank and screen cylinder. Parallel to the cylinder screen axis, the bottom of the frame provides the mounting surface. The trunnions are rollers that support the screen cylinder on both ends and center. They allow for cylinder rotation.

2-1

LIQ

UID

DIS

CH

AR

GE

RD

T20

0 /

300

/ 400

MA

JOR

CO

MP

ON

EN

TS

OF

ST

AN

DA

RD

TH

ICK

TE

CH

U

NIT

SP

RA

Y D

EF

LE

CT

ION

PA

NE

LS

FL

OC

DR

IVE

FLO

C T

AN

K

MA

NU

AL

CL

EA

NIN

GS

PR

AY

HE

AD

ER

RO

TA

RY

DR

UM

MU

LTIP

LE S

TA

GE

DR

UM

DR

IVE

TR

UN

NIO

N W

HE

EL

S

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L S

TA

BIL

IZE

RS

DR

IVE

N F

LOC

IM

PE

LLE

R

ST

EP

DO

WN

HE

AD

ER

SK

ID DR

AIN

WA

TE

R C

OLL

EC

TIO

N T

AN

K

CA

BL

E P

UL

LE

-ST

OP

CA

BL

E P

ULL

E-S

TO

P

DR

IVE

NS

PR

OC

KE

T

CH

AIN

CH

AIN

TE

NS

ION

ER

INP

UT

DR

IVE

SP

RO

CK

ET

FR

AM

E

LIQ

UID

DIS

CH

AR

GE T

M

ST

AG

E 1

ST

AG

E 2

ST

AG

E 4

ST

AG

E 3

INP

UT

DIS

CH

AR

GE

SO

LID

S

2-1B

The stabilizers wheels limit the horizontal movement of the cylinder and are fitted to the frame at the center of the rotary drum. The rotary element is covered on the outside with shower deflection panels designed to contain any fugitive spray and minimize mist emissions. The panels overlap and are fastened to the framing members. A single manually operated self-cleaning washing header is oriented in a horizontal position the length of the rotary system to maintain positive cleaning with each revolution of the rotary system, forcing the washed off solids to return to the mass of solids tumbling inside the rotary element. The spray wash system operates on a continuous basis. A wash water booster pump is provided and sized according to the specific unit requirement for pressurized wash water. The pump boosts the required 20 to 40 psig water to 100 psig for use in the spray header. All elements of the rotary system and supporting frame are contained and mounted over the return water or filtrate water collection tank. Delivery of collected filtrate water is through a gravity drain. Operation The sludge mixed with chemicals enters the flock development tank tangentially at the bottom and completes its flocculation. The flocculated solid and liquid flow from a tangential outlet into the rotary drum screen through a step-down header. In the rotary drum screen the liquid separates from the flocculated solids through the woven wire mesh, is collected in the return water tank and exists through a drain in the bottom. The solids pass through four (4) dewatering stages before being discharged from the end of the unit. Mounted above the rotary drum screen is a self-cleaning wash water spray header. This spray header keeps the rotary drum screen openings clear of solids.

2-2

Operating and Performance Characteristics The Hycor ThickTech rotary drum thickener, model RDT400 is capable of achieving the following performance of sludge thickening:

Table 2-3

Operating and Performance Characteristics

Inlet feed rate of waste activated, primary or a blend for sludge feed solids at 0.5% TSS

400 GPM

Solids throughput capacity at a sludge feed rate of 400 GPM with a minimum feed solids concentration of 0.5% TSS.

1000 lbs/hr (dry wt.)

Thickened consistency (minimum) 5% TSS

Capture efficiency 95%

Polymer usage (100% active)/ton of sludge (dry wt.) at a sludge feed rate of 400 GPM with a minimum feed solids concentration of 0.5% TSS

9 lbs.

Spray Wash System minimum flow and operating pressure 19.0 GPM @ 100 PSIG

Booster Pump (typical operating point with a washwater inlet supply pressure of 40 PSIG.

20.3 GPM @ 78 PSIG [Spray Hdr. Pressure= 78+40-3 (losses) = 115 PSIG

Main Unit Drive (460 VAC / 3 Ph / 60 HZ) 3.0 HP @ 4.3 FLA

Floc Tank Mixer Drive (460 VAC / 3 Ph / 60 HZ) 0.5 HP @ 0.9 FLA

Booster Pump Motor (460 VAC / 3 Ph / 60 HZ) 5.0 HP @ 6.0 FLA

This capability is contingent on both a stable flow rate and consistency of the raw sludge. Instantaneous variations in either will cause performance to deteriorate. The sludge must be characterized as a healthy biomass free of filamentous bacteria. The performance listed above is typical for sludge in the 0.5% TSS and is subject to confirmation by bench scale or pilot testing. Actual performance may yield higher or lower values depending on the nature of the sludge. Parkson must be an active participant in the selection of the chemical treatment scheme. Managing the chemical usage is the responsibility of the plant personnel. However, Parkson will: a) provide technical support to assist the customer in identifying the best polymer treatment available, b) recommend application methods to accomplish the most cost-effective performance using the polymers selected, c) and provide technical support on a continuing basis, after the RDT has achieved guaranteed performance. For equipment start-up, a sludge sample must be provided for polymer evaluation a minimum of three weeks prior to the scheduled start-up service. Unscheduled samples will not be accepted. Polymer for start-up and performance testing of equipment to be provided by others.

2-3

SECTION THREE

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit INSTALLATION

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING. Mechanical Work The ThickTech unit is shipped completely assembled and ready for site installation. Prior to starting installation, check the following items:

Verify wall openings and transport routes into the building are sufficiently large to allow the unit to be placed in location. Verify that lifting and transport equipment of suitable capacity is available. The smaller units are often lifted from underneath with a forklift. The larger units must be lifted from above. (See Table 3-1 for standard unit weights.) If the unit is to be lifted from above, use the lifting lugs on the base frame, a sling with spreader bars, etc. must be used.

Table 3-1

Unit Dry weights

MODEL NO. APPROXIMATE DRY WEIGHT (LBS.) RDT400 7500 Lbs.

Weights of optional equipment are not included.

3-1

! DANGER !

WHEN INSTALLING OR MAINTAINING THE SCREEN OR ASSOCIATED HARDWARE, BE SURE THAT ANY LIFTING EQUIPMENT IS OF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY BEFORE LIFTING OR MOVING THE THICKTECH™ UNIT OR ASSOCIATED HARDWARE. FIT THE SLING TO THE LIFTING LUGS ON THE BASE FRAME AND NOT TO THE CABINET STRUCTURE, MOTOR OR OTHER MOVING PARTS OF THE UNIT. Check to ensure that the ThickTech unit is correctly positioned. Using a digital level across the top of the frame, verify the unit is level and adjust or shim support structure as necessary. Because the frame is parallel with the axis of the ThickTech unit, leveling of the frame is all that is required. Once the unit is lined up with your attaching devices and level, it can be grouted and secured to its mounting using standard concrete anchors. The unit, unless otherwise specified, is supplied with NPT female thread connections on the sludge inlet and a NPT female or a pipe stub on the water return tank. See the equipment drawing to verify the connections supplied with your ThickTech™ unit. The spray water booster pump for the self-cleaning spray header has connections as shown in table 3-2.

Table 3-2

Spray System

THICKTECH MODEL NO.

BOOSTER PUMP SUCTION & DISCHARGE CONNECTION

WASH WATER USAGE

RDT400 1-1/4” NPT X 1” NPT 20 gpm @ 100 psig

3-2

Connections and Hook-ups

Complete each element carefully, one at a time:

Delivery of thickened sludge, if possible, should be by simple gravity slide. This method serves two purposes: (1) there is no possibility of an overload condition developing as might be the case where a pump is employed, and (2) any downstream requirements for further dewatering derive great benefit from residual polymer activity which is not the case where pumping is practiced. The residual polymer benefits are also recognized where a simple belt conveyor is used. Where pumping thickened sludge is employed, efforts should be made to minimize the pumping distance, avoiding any line constrictions and right angles.

For return water delivery, if possible, provide short rigid line(s), avoiding flow restrictions such as right angles.

In the line delivering untreated sludge to the flocculation tank, provide a chemical injection point, located according to the manufacturer's recommendation. Also on the line delivering untreated sludge, provide a valved drain down-line for the flock tank immediately preceding the flock tank inlet. A common practice is to drain the flock tank to the return water destination. Your ability to do this will depend on your return water restrictions.

A fresh water supply for the chemical makeup and feed system is preferred but plant water may be used for this application. A 1” flexible hose will be supplied for installation between the booster pump and the spray wash header. Carefully size a line from the plant water source to the washwater booster pump, so to provide adequate flow.

Initial Lubrication

See MAINTENANCE SECTION for Lubrication and Maintenance requirements.

Before rotating the drum, verify the trunnion wheels are packed with grease. Grease should be observed around the bearing seals. If necessary, using a grease gun, fill the interior of the wheels with sufficient grease to pack the void inside. To ensure wheels are fully greased, continue until grease is observed exiting from the seals of the bearing.

Grease or oil the rotary drum drive chain.

All gearmotors and gear reducers are supplied with the correct grade and quantity of lubricating oil based on mounting position. Check oil levels before first operation. For additional details refer to the Component Data for Gearmotors.

3-3

IMPORTANT NOTICE!! Flock Tank Drain For effective operation and maintenance of the ThickTech™ Rotary Thickener, provision for draining the flock tank should be addressed at time of installation. Recommended is a 1" valved drain installed in the sludge inlet line near the entry point of the flock tank.

CAUTION

ALL PIPING AND VALVES MUST BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE UNIT.

Electrical Work Complete the installation by connecting the electrical power to the drive motor and system control circuits. Verify that the power source supplied and the motor wiring connections are in agreement. Be sure that the unit is well grounded and that all work is in accordance with the National Electrical Code and local wiring code requirements.

Gearmotors and booster pump: 230/460 Volt, 3 Phase, 60 Hertz

! DANGER !

MAKE SURE ANY ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARE DONE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL AND ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. WHEN INSTALLING THIS UNIT, ALWAYS INSURE THERE IS A LOCKABLE DISCONNECT WITHIN SIGHT OF THE UNIT. THE UNIT IS EQUIPPED WITH EMERGENCY STOP PULL CORDS. SEE FIGURES ON PAGES 2-1A OR 2-1B FOR LOCATION OF THE E-STOP PULL CORDS. THE EMERGENCY STOP SWITCHES MUST BE WIRED INTO THE CONTROL SYSTEM TO OVERRIDE ALL MODES OF CONTROL, IN ORDER TO STOP THE UNIT. UPON RESETTING THE E-STOP THE MACHINE SHOULD NOT RESTART UNTIL A MANUAL SIGNAL IS GIVEN TO RESTART FROM THE CONTROL SYSTEM. TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH: DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE WITHOUT GUARDS AND COVERS IN PLACE.

3-4

Checkout the following before starting the unit for the first time:

Is the unit installed in accordance with the drawings? Has the unit been securely anchored to the foundation? Is the electrical power supply to the motor and the motor wiring terminations in agreement and correct? Have all other electrical connections been made in accordance with the circuit and wiring diagrams? Has all packaging material been removed and is the cylinder free to rotate and in the proper position? Check to see that no construction debris or dry solids were left on or in the screen cylinder, flock tank or filtrate water collection pan. Check lubrication of unit before start up.

3-5

SECTION FOUR

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING. THIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE OPERATED AND MAINTAINED ONLY BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL WHO HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE OPERATOR'S MANUAL, HAVE BEEN TRAINED IN ITS USE, AND FOLLOWING ANY AND ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY PROCEDURES. Start Up Procedures The first step is to check for proper cylinder rotation. When viewed from the solids discharge end, the screen cylinder should rotate in a clockwise direction when the motor is jogged (See page 4-1A). If the cylinder is turning in reverse, TURN OFF ALL POWER to the ThickTech unit and switch any two of the incoming power leads to the motor. Jog motor again to insure proper rotation. Repeat this procedure with the flock drive and booster pump. The second step is to test the spray wash header for proper operation and spray pattern. (See page 4-1B.) After the spray header has been tested, the ThickTech unit can be run to verify proper mechanical operation. If there are no problems with the mechanical operations of the machine, it is ready to accept the influent flow. NOTE: If you should notice any mechanical difficulties or have any

questions, be sure to contact your Parkson Hycor® Products Representative.

Starting Sequence and Adjustments When starting the unit, make sure all personnel in the area are informed. Check machine once again for obstructions and have a container ready to accept the screenings. Now you can turn the unit on.

4-1

CYLINDERROTATION

RDT CYLINDER ROTATIONAS VIEWED FROM DISCHARGE END

4-1A

INT

ER

NA

L W

AT

ER

SP

RA

Y

SC

RE

EN

SU

RF

AC

E

NO

ZZ

LE

TO

FA

CE

PE

RP

EN

DIC

ULA

R

TO

DR

UM

FO

R M

AX

IMU

M C

LEA

NIN

G

BR

US

H H

AN

DW

HE

EL

INLE

TD

ISC

HA

RG

EIN

LET

PR

ES

SU

RE

GA

UG

E

AR

CH

SC

RE

EN

SP

RA

YP

AT

TE

RN

60°

4-1B

Starting Sequence: 1. Close flock tank drain valve. (Valve provided by customer) 2. Turn on control power. 3. Turn on water (open inlet valve) to spray header and turn on the booster pump for 5

minutes before continuing with the next step. 4. Turn on unit drive and set proper speed. 5. Turn on flock drive and set proper speed. 6. Turn on sludge feed system. 7. Turn on polymer feed system. 8. Adjust polymer dosage to achieve desired solids consistency.

Note: The water spray system should always be ON when the rotary drum is

running! Adjustments to Optimize Unit Performance: The ThickTech rotary drum thickener can be adjusted to optimize performance. Adjustments can be made by adjusting the polymer dosage, opening/closing the rotary drum detention ring port closures, adjusting the drum rotation speed, adjusting the spray header impact angle, and adjusting the flock drive speed.

Polymer Dosage:

It is possible to have too much or too little polymer. When working with polymers “more” is not always better. A proper polymer dosage will yield thickened sludge, clear return water, and the treated sludge in the flock tank will have a distinct separation of flocculated solids dispersed in clear water.

When the polymer dosage is too low, the discharge sludge will be runny with little to no flock. The return water will contain excess solids. When looking into the flock tank, the treated sludge will have little to no flocculated solids. The ThickTech rotary drum thickener responds quickly to changes in polymer dosage. If you conclude that there is insufficient polymer, increase the dosage in small increments, waiting 5 minutes between increases until you get the desired solids consistency.

When there is too much polymer there will be screen blinding, the discharge sludge will be runny with water and flocked solids. The return water will be clear, but because of the blinded screen, a portion of the return water will be discharging with the thickened sludge. Looking into the flock tank the treated sludge will have the appearance of being well conditioned. It may have a “slick” feeling or a milky water appearance. If over treating of the sludge is determined, back off the polymer dosage in large increments until the screen blinding clears. If severely blinded, it may take up to 15 minutes for the screen to clear. It is much easier to work up to the proper polymer dosage, so do not hesitate to greatly decrease the amount of polymer being added or shut off the polymer feed for a short time.

Any increase or decrease in either solids content or sludge flow will require chemical adjustment to maintain treatment balance. Be alert to any possibilities of a treatment imbalance and the resulting change in thickened sludge consistency.

4-2

Opening/Closing the Rotary Drum Detention Ring Port Closures:

The port closures are a special feature of the ThickTech rotary drum thickener. With the detention ports open the flocculated solid’s detention time in the rotary drum is decreased. This produces higher water content output solids. With the ports closed the detention time is increased, producing thicker output solids. This gives you control over the amount of water removed from the thickened sludge.

Unit Drive:

Just as with the rotary drum detention ring port closures, the unit drive speed allows an increase or decrease in thickened sludge water content. Slower speeds will allow increased detention time permitting greater dewatering. Faster rotary drum speeds produce reduced detention time and higher water content. Please note that an extremely slow rotary drum speed will not allow proper water release.

Spray Header Impact Angle:

The water from the spray header impacting on the rotary drum keeps the screen clear allowing better water removal from the mass of solids inside. You may need to adjust the impact angle of the spray header to remove all solids from the rotary drum screen but minimize the amount of spray water entering the rotary drum. When the spray header water is impacting perpendicular to the rotary drum all the solids will be removed. This may allow more water than necessary to enter the inside of the rotary drum. Angle the spray header upward until you reach a balance between all solids removed from the screen and a minimization of water entering the rotary drum.

Flocculator Drive:

The purpose of the flock drive assembly is to keep the speed of the sludge in the flock tank consistent with the sludge being introduced at the base of the tank. This assures proper retention time in the flock tank. Set the flock drive speed accordingly. In instances of poor mixing, such as extreme cold and very thick sludge, the flock drive can be set slightly faster than the incoming sludge to aid in the sludge/polymer mixing.

Shutdown and Cleaning Procedures:

1. Turn off polymer feed system. 2. Increase rotary drum speed to 60% on the control panel. 3. Continue to feed untreated sludge through the ThickTech unit until the sludge

passes through the screen and does not flow out of the discharge end of the unit. 4. Turn off the sludge feed pump. 5. Turn off the flock drive. 6. Decrease the speed of the rotary drum control to 30% and allow the spray header

to wash the unit for 30 minutes (or until clean). 7. Wash the rotary drum screen and interior of the rotary drum with a water hose to

speed up the shut down process. Wash all visible solids from the exterior and interior of the ThickTech™ unit.

4-3

8. Turn off the rotary drum drive. 9. Turn off the spray water booster pump then turn off the spray water supply (close

inlet valve). 10. Turn off control power. 11. Open the flock tank drain valve (supplied by customer), drain the flock tank and

rinse the interior thoroughly. If debris, such as raggy material, remains in the rotary drum, wash it to the bottom of the rotary drum. If there is a small amount, do nothing; it will be removed the next time the unit is run. If there is a large amount of material, you will have to remove it manually. Note: The water spray system should always be ON when the rotary drum is

running! Turning off the polymer feed system and supplying untreated sludge to the ThickTech unit permits untreated sludge to break down the treated material in the flocculation tank and the tumbling mass of solids in the rotary drum. Watch the discharge end of the unit closely. If the untreated flow to the thickened sludge hopper/conveying system is too great, you may need to decrease the flow into the unit to prevent flooding. Screen cleanup is the principal maintenance function following shutdown. The rotary drum wire screen must be kept free of dried sludge. Dried sludge will blind the screen and is difficult to remove. Following the recommended shutdown procedures will ensure a clean, trouble free screen. For shutdowns less than 3 hours (shorter where conditions dry the sludge faster), the ThickTech unit can be stopped without going through the clean-up procedure outlined in the Operating Instructions of this manual. Screens may be removed for cleaning, if desired, but this is usually unnecessary. Other considerations: Polymers play an important role in the operation of the ThickTech rotary drum thickener. Pay careful attention to polymer selection. Representatives of various polymer manufacturers offer their services in the testing and selection of the best polymers for your application. Parkson recommends utilization of these services. With an optimized polymer, the ThickTech unit will demonstrate its key feature, chemical conservation. Important factors in problem free ThickTech operation are consistent influent sludge solids and flow. One of the factors in proper polymer dosage is the amount of solids in the sludge. If the influent sludge has a constantly variable solids percentile, the proper dosage of polymer will also be equally as variable. If the solids in the influent sludge change significantly, then it is advisable to install an equalization basin where the sludge can be delivered, mixed to allow a homogenous blend of solids, and delivered to the ThickTech unit. The influent flow rate of sludge also affects the polymer dosage. As the flow rate increases, so does the demand for polymer, and the dosage will have to be adjusted accordingly. A constant flow of sludge is advised for low maintenance operation.

4-4

Emergency Operating Instructions: Refer to DANGER statement on page 3-4 and control panel sequence of operation on sheets 10 and 13 of drawing 51032504~05, Rev A. The ThickTech unit is equipped with pull cord E-Stops on each side of the thickener and one E-Stop pushbutton mounted on the control panel. When these devices are activated at any time the ThickTech unit will immediately turn-off, the contacts for rotary drum, flocculator and washwater booster pump will deactivate. Control of the sludge feed pumps and polymer feed system will also be deactivated. Do not restart the ThickTech unit until the cause for emergency has been corrected. To restart the E-Stops must be deactivated (reset). If the ThickTech unit is turned-off for more than (4) hours it may be necessary to perform a manual cleaning or shutdown cycle before restarting the unit. A manual intervention of turning of the control power switch will also cause the ThickTech unit to turn-off immediately and deactivate the thickener running contacts and control of the sludge feed pumps and the polymer feed system.

4-5

SECTION FIVE

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit MAINTENANCE

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING. THIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE OPERATED AND MAINTAINED ONLY BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL WHO HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE OPERATOR'S MANUAL, HAVE BEEN TRAINED IN ITS USE, AND FOLLOWING ANY AND ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY PROCEDURES. TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH: FOLLOW LOCK OUT PROCEDURES BEFORE SERVICING:


Follow the maintenance schedule below to extend the lifetime of your machine and decrease overall operating costs at your plant. Frequent visual inspections of the liquid/solid separation process and mechanical operation of the ThickTech unit should be performed on a regular basis. A visual check for proper liquid/solid separation should be conducted at least once per operating shift. More frequent observation may be needed, depending on the specific application. (See page 5-5.) Daily

General Visual Inspection:

Verify proper flow distribution to the screen cylinder and that no obstructions are present. Check that liquid/solid separation is taking place and that the solids are being transported to the solids discharge point. Confirm rotation of screen is smooth and no flat spots on trunnion wheels or cylinder exist.

5-1

Inspect and Lubricate Chain:

Inspect the operation of the chain relative to the drive and driven sprocket. It is recommended that the chain be lubricated once every 24 hours of operation. Reference Lubrication Chart (page 5-6)

Inspect and Lubricate Trunnion Wheels:

Check to verify trunnion wheels are rotating smoothly. Grease the trunnion wheels with 2 to 3 pumps from a grease gun. In applications where the sludge contains high grit, grease the trunnion wheels once per shift to keep sand out of the bearing raceways.

Cleaning:

Rinse accumulated solids off unit. Make sure rotary drum screen is clean after shutdown. The rotary drum wire screen must be kept free of dried sludge. Dried sludge will blind the screen and be difficult to remove. For shutdowns less than three hours (shorter where conditions dry the sludge faster), the ThickTech unit can be stopped without going through the clean up procedure outlined in the Unit Operations section of the manual. Clean other components as needed.

Inspect Spray Nozzles:

Visually check to confirm that nozzles are clear and produce proper spray pattern on the screen. Where plant water is used, the spray nozzles may need to be checked more often. If nozzle blockage is discovered, cleaning the spray header is accomplished by turning the spray header handwheel. Turning the handwheel rotates wire brushes inside the spray header that sweep solids clear of the spray nozzles. Simultaneously, turning the handwheel opens the valve at the end of the spray header allowing the water and solids to bypass the nozzles and discharge into the return water tank or discharge end enclosure. Leave the bypass valve open for at least 15 seconds to ensure all solids have been discharged.

Weekly

Inspect screens for solids or damage:

Inspect screens for solids blinding especially in applications involving large amounts of grease. If necessary, wash screens with a high-pressure sprayer. Inspect screens for tears or damage, if replacement is needed refer to page 6-4.

Clean interior of equipment:

Remove all spray panels and wash off their inside surfaces. Clean out the inlet flume running from the flock tank to the rotary drum, and wash all solids from the step down header at the end of the inlet flume. Drain the flock tank and wash all solids from the bottom and off the flock drive paddles.

5-2

Monthly

Check Gear Reducer Oil Levels:

Remove the oil level plugs in reducers and check oil level. If necessary, add oil to bring to proper level.

Inspect Drum Cylinder:

Visually check for any damage or holes in the screen on the drum cylinder.

Inspect Chain, Drive, Driven and Tensioner (Idler) Sprockets:

The chain drives typically need periodic tightening. The ThickTech chain drive has been provided with a chain-tensioning sprocket to take up any slack as the chain wears. Verify proper engagement of chain into sprockets and check for wear of sprockets.

Inspect Trunnion and Stabilizer Wheels:

Visually inspect support trunnion wheels and bearings for misalignment and excessive wear. The outside diameter of the wheel should never be less than 7.50” on the RDT 200, 300, and 400 units. On the RDT 50, 100, and 150 units the wheel diameter should never be less than 5.75”. Allowing the wheel to wear to an unacceptable diameter will result in severe rotary drum damage. Adjust or replace if necessary. Lubricate per daily requirements. The support wheels are UHMW polyethylene with stainless steel sleeve and ball bearings. Inspect the horizontal stabilizer wheels for misalignment and excessive wear. The bushing inside diameter should not exceed 0.56”. The horizontal stabilizer wheels do not require lubrication. The horizontal wheels are stainless steel with oil impregnated bronze bushings. Replace if necessary.

Semi-Annually

Check Gear Reducer Output Shafts:

Check gear reducer output shafts of drum and flock drives for abnormal play. Annually

Inspect Solenoid Valve (Where Applicable):

Inspect inlet spray wash inlet solenoid valve for proper operation.

Change Oil in Gear Reducers:

Refer to Lubrication Chart (page 5-6) for proper lubrication requirements and Section Nine – C. for further gearmotor drive information.

5-3

Gear Reducer Bearing Lubrication:

Bearings are grease-packed at the factory and are to be cleaned and re-greased as required. Grease packed bearings should be cleaned and re-greased every 10,000 hours or 20,000 hours for synthetic grease. Input (high speed) bearings should not be over-greased. They should be filled with grease not to exceed 1/3 of the bearing’s free volume. For output bearings, fill to 2/3 of their free volume. Refer to Lubrication Chart for proper lubrication requirements and Section Nine – C. for further gearmotor drive information.

Inspect and Clean Unit:

Drain the flock tank, flush and clean unit as required. Inspect the unit thoroughly and repair or replace damaged or worn parts as necessary.

Clean and Re-lubricate Chain:

Remove all excess lubrication and debris from the chain and re-lubricate. Inspect drive and driven sprockets for wear and possible replacement. Refer to Lubrication Chart (page 5-6) for proper lubricant.

Washwater Booster Pump Lubrication:

No lubrication is required for the liquid end of any Burks pump. Motors are equipped with ball bearings that are grease-packed and sealed at the factory. No additional lubrication is required. Base-mounted pumps have ball bearings in the Power Frame Assembly that are grease-packed at the factory and have provisions for re-lubrication as required. For continuous operation, lubricate annually. For intermittent operation, lubricate every two years. Do not over lubricate. Refer to Lubrication Chart (page 5-6) for proper lubricant. See Component Data in Section Nine – A. for more information.

5-4

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PROCEDURE

DAILY

WEEKLY

MONTHLY

SEMI- ANNUALLY

ANNUALLY

General visual inspection

Inspect and lubricate drive chain

Inspect and lubricate trunnion wheels

Rinse accumulated solids off unit (Clean after a Shutdown)

Inspect spray nozzles and clean, if necessary

Inspect screen for solids build-up and any damage.

Clean interior of equipment.

Check gear reducer oil levels.

Inspect drum cylinder.

Inspect chain, drive, driven and tensioner sprockets.

Inspect trunnion and stabilizer wheels

Check gear reducer output shaft for abnormal play.

Inspect solenoid valve (where applicable).

Change oil in gear reducers.

Lubricate gear reducer bearings (every 10,000 hours or 20,000 hours for synthetic grease)

Thoroughly inspect and clean unit.

Clean and re-lubricate chain.

Lubricate washwater booster pump (For intermittent use lube every two years)

5-5

LUBRICATION CHART

APPLICATION LUBRICATION CAPACITY

Drum Drive Chain 1. White Lithium Grease with Teflon 2. Hydrotex: #528 Deluxe Special Hi-

Speed Chain, Wire Rope and Cable Lube

3. Bel-Ray Waterproof Chain Lube 4. Mobil: DTE25 Hydraulic Oil

As Req’d

Gear Reducer:

Model Drum Drive R37



Model Flock Drive RF37

1. Mobil Oil Corp. - Oil: Mobilgear 600 XP 220 (mineral) -15 to 100○C (replaces 630)

2. Shell Oil Co. - Oil: Omala Oil 220 (mineral) 0 to 40○C

3. Mobil Oil Corp. - Oil: Mobilgear 600 XP 150 (mineral) -15 to 100○C (replaces 629)

4. Mobil Oil Corp. - Oil: Mobil SHC 630 (synthetic) -40 to 40○C

0.08 gallons

0.18 gallons

0.32 gallons

0.29 gallons

Gear Reducer Bearings 1. Mobil Oil Corp. - Grease: Mobilux EP2 (mineral) -20 to 40○C

2. Shell Oil Co. - Grease: Alvania R3 (mineral) -30 to 60○C

3. Mobil Oil Corp. - Grease: Mobiltemp SHC32 (synth) -45 to 60○C

As Req’d

Ball Bearing Trunnion Wheels 1. Lubriko: T-723-B Grease 2. Hydrotex: MT55 NLGI Grade 2 Grease Chevron RPM Auto EP2, NLGI Grade 2

Lithium Grease

As Req’d

Washwater Booster Pump Frame Bearings

1. Chevron Oil Co. - Grease: Chevron SRI

As Req’d

Based on Model, See Figures on pages 5-6A or 5-6B for lubrication points See Component Data, Section Nine for more product information

5-6

67.75REF

8.12REF

34.00REF

TR

UN

NIO

N W

HE

EL

LUB

E(x

3) E

AC

H S

IDE

DR

UM

DR

IVE

CH

AIN

LU

BE

PO

INT

(x1

)

TR

UN

NIO

N W

HE

EL

LUB

E P

OIN

T (

x6)

TH

ICK

TE

CH

UN

IT L

UB

RIC

AT

ION

PO

INT

SR

DT

200

/ 3

00 /

400

DR

UM

DR

IVE

GE

AR

RE

DU

CE

R

FLO

C D

RIV

EG

EA

R R

ED

UC

ER

ALT

ER

NA

TIV

EC

HA

IN L

UB

EP

OIN

T (

x1)

5-6B

SECTION SIX

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING. TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH: FOLLOW LOCK OUT PROCEDURES BEFORE SERVICING:


Chain Repair The chain drive, like all other chain drives, needs periodic tightening. As the chain wears it becomes longer, so to keep the final drive running smoothly we will outline a procedure for tensioning the chain. NOTE: Before tightening the chain, check each trunnion wheel diameter to be

certain the wheels are within wear limits. Decreases in trunnion diameter will effect chain tension and over-tightening of the chain will increase trunnion wear.

The chain may be adjusted as follows (see page 6-1A):

Chain tension may be adjusted on the ThickTech unit by simply adjusting the tensioner (idler) sprocket. If the tensioner (idler) sprocket does not offer sufficient tightening, a half to a full link may be removed. One (1) link may be removed before the chain must be replaced.

6-1

DRIVEN

IDLER SPROCKET

CHAIN

DRIVE SPROCKET

CHAIN AND SPROCKET ASSEMBLY

SPROCKET

(TENSIONER)

6-1A

Chain and Sprocket Replacement (See page 6-1A.) Two sprockets are used to drive the drum screen cylinder: a small keyed hub sprocket (drive sprocket) is found on the output shaft of the reducer and a large two-piece sprocket (driven sprocket) is found on the drum screen cylinder. To disassemble the chain drive, release chain tension (loosen the chain tensioner), remove master chain link and remove chain. The smaller sprocket, or drive sprocket, can be removed for replacement by loosening the setscrew in the hub and pulling it off the output shaft with a puller. For alignment purposes when reassembling, you may want to scribe a line for reference on the reducer shaft before the hub is removed.

CAUTION DO NOT HAMMER ON THE SPROCKET OR HUB. HAMMERING ON THESE PARTS WILL DAMAGE THE BEARINGS IN THE REDUCER. When replacing the hub on the shaft, apply an anti-seize compound between the hub and the shaft to prevent corrosion. The larger or driven sprocket is bolted to the head of the screen cylinder and because it is a two-piece sprocket it assembles easily. Remove the sprocket sections by removing the bolts and carefully maneuvering the sprocket sections off the machine. When reassembling the sprocket, tighten all the bolts "finger tight" and align the sprocket teeth at the split, using a section of chain for a gauge. If the drive hub has been lined up with the scribe mark you made before taking it off, the alignment should remain as it was before disassembly. To check the alignment, lay a good steel straightedge across the faces of the two sprockets. You will be able to see which way the drive sprocket must be moved to be in line with the driven sprocket.

Trunnion Wheel Replacement (See page 6-3A.)

The trunnion wheels support the drum screen cylinder and allow the screen to rotate freely. The trunnion wheels are sized according to drum screen cylinder weight and diameter. Trunnion wheels are made of UHMW polyethylene material. They should be replaced if they are worn beyond limits (See Maintenance Section).

6-2

Trunnion Wheel Replacement (Cont’d) Take the weight of the drum off the wheel to be replaced by using a lever (long wooden board) of sufficient strength. Place the lever between the structural cross member in the water return tank and the drum ring that the trunnion wheels ride on. Lift the drum from the trunnion wheel and block the drum in the raised position. Provide enough clearance height for the new wheel to be installed. Be careful not to lift on or strike the area of the perforated metal and stainless steel wire mesh. This will damage the drum and filtration media. Remove the cotter and clevis pins. Slide the shaft out of the trunnion bracket and remove the wheel. Place the new ball bearing wheel in the trunnion bracket and slide the new grease fitting shaft through the bracket and wheel. Make sure square head of shaft lines up with the anti-rotation tab of the trunnion bracket. Install the cotter and clevis pins to lock the assembly in place. Before rotating the drum, the trunnion wheels must be packed with grease. See the Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication Chart. Repeat for all trunnion wheels. After all the new trunnion wheels have been installed, turn on the thickener unit drive and check that all wheels are turning freely and the drive chain is properly tight. Note: A brief intermittent lack of contact between a trunnion wheel and the rotary drum ring is an acceptable occurrence.

Horizontal Stabilizer Wheel Replacement (See page 6-4A.) The horizontal stabilizer wheel assembly limits the axial, horizontal movement of the cylinder. A simple arrangement of four stainless steel wheels is designed for this purpose. Horizontal stabilizer repair usually involves no more than replacement of the stainless steel wheels and axles, which are attached to the frame near the center of the rotary drum. For removal of each stabilizer wheel, you must remove the two nuts on the bottom of the wheel’s shaft. Remove the shaft from the top and remove the worn wheel. When replacing the wheel, move the new wheel into position and place the new shaft through the wheel and horizontal stabilizer support bracket. Replace one of the nuts onto the shaft. Do not tighten the first nut. Allow enough space that the wheel will turn freely. Replace the second nut and tighten onto the first nut, locking it into place. Check to make sure the wheel turns freely but is not sloppy. Adjust accordingly. Repeat this for each of the four horizontal stabilizer wheels.

6-3

SE

E D

ET

AIL

1C

OT

TE

R P

IN

SH

AF

T

CLE

VIS

PIN

TR

UN

NIO

N W

HE

EL

BE

AR

ING

S

GR

EA

SE

NIP

PLE

DE

TA

IL 1

TR

UN

NIO

N W

HE

EL

AS

SE

MB

LY

TR

UN

NIO

N W

HE

ELS

6-3A

Spray Bar Removal (See page 4-1B.)

To remove the spray bar, disconnect the plumbing, remove the ThickTech™ spray panels, remove the three U-bolts holding the spray header in place and pull the bar off the machine. Flush the spray bar and supply line before reconnecting.

Nozzle Replacement See manufacturer’s instructions in Section Nine – B..

Drum Screen Replacement The ThickTech rotary drum assembly consists of four (4) separate dewatering stages. Each stage has a stainless steel woven mesh screen that wraps around the outside of a perforated stainless steel drum. Each screen has a specific mesh size and wire diameter to provide an open area suitable for the type of dewatering required in each stage of the process. With normal operation the woven mesh screen will not need to be replaced. If replacement is required, the screen will be provided with (2) 1/8”[3 mm] and (1) 1/16”[2 mm} shim flanges. The screen is designed to be short of the full circumference to ensure a tight fit on the drum. Using the right combination of shims flanges the screen can be fit tight around the drum without deforming the mesh. Use clamps to ensure proper alignment of the mounting holes of the stationary drum flange, the screen flange and the shim flanges. (See pages 2-1A or 2-1B and 8-2)

Drum Cylinder Replacement Contact your Parkson service department.

Gear Reducer/Motor Replacement Remove sprocket guard. Remove the chain and drive sprocket. See Chain and Sprocket Replacement for disassembly. Unbolt gear reducer and remove. Replace gear reducer and refer to Chain and Sprocket Replacement for reassembly instructions.

NOTE: When replacing a motor, verify orientation of drain hole is

proper to preclude trapping condensation in the motor housing.

6-4

BR

AC

KE

T

ST

AB

ILIZ

ER

WH

EE

L

MID

DL

E T

IRE

RIN

G

SE

E D

ET

AIL

1

DE

TA

IL 1

ST

AB

ILIZ

ER

WH

EE

L A

SS

EM

BLY

ST

AB

ILIZ

ER

WH

EE

LS

6-4A

Date : 08-23-10 [16:58] Mat'l LIST Page: 1 OF 2Parkson Live Data

Project : 510325 Clinton, IAE-Item : 51032501 RDT400,THICKTECH UNIT,(2)

NOTE:1. IMPRESSION STAMP WITH 3/16 HIGH LETTERS, THE FOLLOWING

INFORMATION ON NAMEPLATE, 3027-087:

(PRODUCT) THICKTECH(MODEL) RDT400(SERIAL) 51032502(PROJECT) 510325

(PRODUCT) THICKTECH(MODEL) RDT400(SERIAL) 51032503(PROJECT) 510325

2. REFER TO DRAWING 51032501 FOR NAMEPLATE LOCATIONIMPRESSION STAMP WITH 1/4 HIGH LETTERS, THE FOLLOWINGINFORMATION ON NAMEPLATE, 3027-091:

(EQUIPMENT NO.) 29TS-RDT01 ROTARY DRUM THICKNER(EQUIPMENT NO.) 29TS-MU01 FLOC TANK AND MIXER(EQUIPMENT NO.) 29TS-BP01 BOOSTER PUMP

(EQUIPMENT NO.) 29TS-RDT02 ROTARY DRUM THICKNER(EQUIPMENT NO.) 29TS-MU02 FLOC TANK AND MIXER(EQUIPMENT NO.) 29TS-BP02 BOOSTER PUMP

E-Item Revision: 0 INITIAL RELEASEDrawing/Spec Reference: 51032501B.DWG

Level Pos. Item Rev. Drawing/Spec Dwg Description Mat'l Qty UnitSize

1 1 3693-012/D 0 3693-012A.DWG B PUMP,BOOSTER,PREMIUM EFFICIENT DWG 2 eaBURKS MODEL ES8M-AB5 HP BALDOR MOTOR ECP3663T-4EPACT EFF. 89.5% SEVERE DUTY

1 2 3076-048/D A 3076-048A.DWG A VALVE,SOLENOID,1 DWG 2 ea1 3 5125-012/A6 B 5125-012-.DWG B SUBASSY,6 IN POLY INJ,1-1/2FLG A6 2 ea*2 3A 3559-028-003/D C 3559-028-001CT.DW A VORTEX MIXING VALVE KIT,6 IN DWG 1 ea

PHOENIX MOD KIT-CH510[INSTEAD OF 3559-028-004/D]

1 4 51032599 SPARE PARTS 1 ea* 2 5 5026-177/A6 0 5026-177-.DWG B SUBASSY,END ENCL. A6 2 ea**3 5A 2214-459/6 0 2214-459-.DWG B CHUTE,DISCHARGE 316 2 ea**3 5B 2411-035/6 0 2411-035-.DWG B HOOD,END ENCL,RDT400 316 2 ea**3 5C 2435-097/6 A 2435-097A.DWG C DOOR,R.H. 316 2 ea**3 5D 2435-098/6 A 2435-098A.DWG C DOOR,L.H. 316 2 ea1 7 51032504 C 51032504C.DWG B CONTROL PANEL,NEMA 4X 316 1 ea1 7A 51032505 C 51032505C.DWG B CONTROL PANEL,NEMA 4X 316 1 ea1 8 51032502 A MAIN ASSY,RDT400 1 ea1 8A 51032503 A MAIN ASSY,RDT400 1 ea

THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE PART OF EACH RDT 400

6-5

Date : 08-23-10 [16:58] Mat'l LIST Page: 2 OF 2Parkson Live Data

Project : 510325 Clinton, IAE-Item : 51032501 RDT400,THICKTECH UNIT,(2)

E-Item Revision: 0 INITIAL RELEASEDrawing/Spec Reference: 51032501B.DWG

Level Pos. Item Rev. Drawing/Spec Dwg Description Mat'l Qty UnitSize

*2 9 5282-006/A6 A 5282-006-.DWG B SUBASSY,SKID,RDT400,SST A6 1 ea**3 9A 2537-001-008/6 A 2537-001-008A.DW D SKID,RDT400 316 1 ea**3 9B 1553-006/6 0 1553-006.DWG A LUG,LIFTING,RDT200,300,400 316 4 ea*2 10 5281-018/A6 B 5281-018-.DWG B SUBASSY,DRAIN PAN/FRAME,RDT400 A6 1 ea

[INSTEAD OF 2342-157/6]**3 10A 2342-169/6 0 2342-169-.DWG B DRAIN PAN,8 IN PIPE,RH 316 1 ea**3 11 5021-052/A6 B 5021-052-.DWG B SUBASSY,TRUNNION WHEEL, 8IN A6 6 ea**3 12 4101-001/6 0 4101-001.DWG B WHEEL,STABILIZER 316 4 ea*2 13 5280-012/A6 0 5280-010t-.DWG B SUBASSY,DRUM,RDT400 A6 1 ea**3 13A 5283-014-001/A6 C 5283-008-000DT.D C SUBASSY,WIRE CLOTH,RDT400 A6 1 ea

(STAGE 1)**3 13B 5283-014-002/A6 C 5283-008-000DT.D C SUBASSY,WIRE CLOTH,RDT400 A6 1 ea

(STAGE 2)**3 13C 5283-014-004/A6 C 5283-008-000DT.D C SUBASSY,WIRE CLOTH,RDT400 A6 2 ea

(STAGES 3 & 4)*2 14 5001-194/A6 J 5001-194J.DWG D SUBASSY,DRIVE,DRUM,RDT400 A6 1 ea**3 14A 3702-707-101/D 0 3702-707A.DWG B GEARMOTOR,R77,3 HP PREM EFF DWG 1 ea

[INSTEAD OF 3702-707/D]**3 14B 4013-042/CS 0 4013-042.DWG A SPROCKET,DRIVE,PAINTED CS 1 ea**3 14C 4013-038/CS 0 4013-038.DWG A SPROCKET,DRIVEN,PAINTED CS 1 ea**3 14D 3039-052/CS A 3039-052.DWG A CHAIN,#60 RIVETED ROLLER CS 99 ea

(QTY IN INCHES)**3 14E 3388-001/CS 0 LINK,CONNECTING,#60 CHAIN CS 1 ea**3 14F 3388-028/CS 0 LINK,OFFSET,#60 CHAIN CS 1 ea**3 14G 3384-005/D 0 3384-005.DWG B BASE,TENSIONER DWG 1 ea**3 14H 3383-006/D 0 3383-006.DWG B SPROCKET,IDLER CS 1 ea*2 15 5070-102/A6 A 5070-102.DWG D SUBASSY,FLOC TANK,RDT300/400 A6 1 ea**3 15A 2447-012/6 A 2447-012.DWG D TANK,FLOC,6 INFL 316 1 ea**3 15B 1524-003/D 0 1524-003.DWG A BLOCK,BEARING DWG 1 ea**3 15C 2932-005/4 0 2932-005.DWG B AGITATOR,FLOC,RDT200/300/400 316 1 ea*2 16 5001-252/A6 B 5001-252.DWG B SUBASSY,FLOC DRIVE,RDT A6 1 ea**3 16A 3704-313/D 0 3704-313-.DWG B GEARMOTOR,RF37,1/2 HP HIGH EFF DWG 1 ea*2 17 5003-305/A6 B 5003-305B.DWG D SUBASSY,SPRAY WASH,RDT400 A6 1 ea**3 17A 3035-110/D A 3035-110.DWG A NOZZLE,SPRAY, #1.2 @ 0.49 GPM DWG 37 ea**3 17B 3035-111/D A 3035-111.DWG A NOZZLE,SPRAY, #1.0 @ 0.31 GPM DWG 3 ea*2 18 5222-050/D C 5222-050.DWG D SUBASSY,NAMEPL & LABEL, DWG 1 ea*2 19 5048-170/A6 H 5048-170J.DWG D SUBASSY,UNIT COVER,RDT400 A6 1 ea*2 20 5267-009/A6 A 5267-005CT.DWG D SUBASSY,E-STOP,RDT400 A6 1 ea**3 20A 3154-014/D A 3154-014.DWG A SWITCH,E-STOP,RH DWG 1 ea**3 20B 3154-015/D A 3154-015.DWG A SWITCH,E-STOP,LH DWG 1 ea

6-6

LIQ

UID

DIS

CH

AR

GE

INP

UT

DIS

CH

AR

GE

SO

LID

S

ST

AG

E1

ST

AG

E2

ST

AG

E4

ST

AG

E3

RD

T20

0/3

00/4

00T

HIC

KTE

CH

UN

ITB

ILL

OF

MA

TER

IAL

TM

15B

13A

13B

13C

13C

1317

17B

17A

16

16A

15

20B

14C

19

14A

14

20A

1814

B

14H

14G

14D

14E

14F

1211

1 2

BO

OS

TE

RP

UM

PW

/MO

TO

R

3

8

SO

LEN

OID

VA

LVE

RD

T40

0M

AIN

AS

SE

MB

LYR

DT

1(5

1032

502)

PO

SIT

ION

ITE

MS

NO

TP

ICT

UR

ED

:

7M

AIN

CO

NT

RO

LP

AN

EL

RD

T1

8AR

DT

400

MA

INA

SS

EM

BLY

RD

T2

(510

3250

3)

10

2020

15C

4

PO

LYM

ER

INJE

CT

ION

AS

SE

MB

LY

9A9B

9

7AM

AIN

CO

NT

RO

LP

AN

EL

RD

T2

5

5A 5B 5C

RD

T1

&2

EN

DE

NC

LOS

UR

EA

SS

EM

BLY

:

RD

T1

&2

DIS

CH

AR

GE

CH

UT

E

RD

T1

&2

HO

OD

RD

T1

&2

R.H

.DO

OR

RD

T1

&2

L.H

.DO

OR

5D

SP

AR

EP

AR

TS

15A

10A

6-6A

SECTION SEVEN

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING. PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY DRUM SCREEN CYLINDER DOES NOT TURN

No power to motor. Check circuit breakers and fuses. Check connections.

Broken drive chain. Replace chain. Obstructed drum. Remove obstruction. DRUM SCREEN CYLINDER TURNS ERRATICALLY

Chain stretched. Adjust chain tension. Replace chain.

Sprocket stripped. Replace sprocket. Frozen or broken trunnion. Replace trunnion or parts of trunnion

assembly affected. Screen overload. Clear screen. Broken gear. Check reducer output shaft. Repair gear

reducer. NOZZLES OBSTRUCTED

Solids dried on outside surface of nozzles.

Rinse spray bars thoroughly and clean with soft wire brush.

7-1

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE (cont'd.) PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY AFTER CLEANING NOZZLES STILL OBSTRUCTED

Nozzle orifice plugged. Turn spray bar handwheel to clean nozzles and flush header. If necessary, remove nozzles, clean nozzles, flush spray bar and supply lines. Re-assemble and test.

UNEVEN INFLUENT FLOW TO DRUM SCREEN

Step down header full of debris.

Clean out step down header assembly.

Erratic feed condition. Check supply pumps or plumbing. TRUNNION NOT TURNING

Frozen bearing. Replace wheel.

Slight non-contact with

drum. Acceptable occurrence.

OVERFLOWS DURING NORMAL OPERATION

Spray header not properly cleaning drum.

Check for blocked spray header nozzles.

Solids composition or flow

changed. Review system process and adjust operation of unit.

Insufficient or too much

polymer added. Adjust polymer dosage.

7-2

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE (cont'd.)

MOTOR Since any number of reasons could be responsible for the failure, the following guide lists usual conditions that can lead to difficulties with a motor. Should there be any indication of a premature failure, care must be taken to make certain that:

1. The motor was installed correctly, particularly the electrical connections. 2. The power supply was correct. 3. The motor was of the proper size (speed and horsepower) to do the job.

Verify the above conditions have been completed. Use of the following guide in pinpointing the difficulty will lead to long service life and complete satisfaction. PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY MOTOR FAILS TO START

Blown Fuses. Replace fuses. Should be at least 125 to 150% of nameplate amperes.

Overload Trips. Check and reset overload in starter. Improper line connections. Check connections with diagram supplied

with motor. Improper power supply. Check to see that power supplied agrees

with motor nameplate and load factor. Open circuit in winding or

starting switch. Indicated by humming sound when switch is closed. Check for loose wiring connections, also see if starting switch inside motor is closed.

Mechanical failure. Check to see if motor and drive turn

freely. Check bearings and lubrication. Short-circuited stator. Indicated by blown fuses, tripped circuit

breakers or heaters. Motor must be rewound.

Motor may be overloaded. Reduce load.

7-3

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE (cont'd.) PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY MOTOR FAILS TO START (cont’d.)

If 3 phase, one phase may be open.

Check lines for open phase.

Low motor voltage. See that nameplate voltage is maintained.

Check connection. MOTOR RUNS AND THEN STOPS

Power failure. Check for loose connections to line, to fuses and to control.

MOTOR DOES NOT COME UP TO SPEED

Voltage too low at motor terminals because of line drop.

Verify proper electrical wire size for power draw.

Open primary circuit. Locate fault with testing device and repair. MOTOR TAKES TOO LONG TO

Poor circuit. Check for high resistance.

ACCELERATE Applied voltage too low. Get power company to increase power tap.

WRONG ROTATION Wrong sequence of

phases. Reverse connections at motor or at switchboard.

MOTOR OVERHEATS WHILE RUNNING UNDER LOAD

Frame or bracket vents may be clogged with dirt and prevent proper ventilation of motor.

Open vent holes and check for a continuous stream of air from the motor.

Motor may have one

phase open. Check for voltage and make sure that all leads are well connected.

Unbalanced terminal

voltage. Check for faulty leads, connections and transformers.

7-4

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE (cont'd.) PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY MOTOR OVERHEATS WHILE RUNNING

Shorted stator. Rewind or replace stator.

UNDER LOAD (cont’d.) Faulty connection. Indicated by high resistance. High voltage. Exceeds

+10% of nameplate volts. Check terminals of motor with a voltmeter.

Low voltage. Exceeds -

10% of nameplate volts. Check terminals of motor with a voltmeter.

Rotor rubs stator bore. If not poor machining on brackets, replace

worn bearings. MOTOR VIBRATES AFTER CORRECTIONS

Motor misaligned. Realign.

HAVE BEEN MADE Weak support. Strengthen base. Coupling out of balance. Balance coupling. Defective bearing. Replace bearing. Bearings not in line. Line up properly. Excessive endplay. Adjust bearing or add washer. UNBALANCED LINE CURRENT ON POLY-PHASE MOTORS DURING NORMAL OPERATION

Unequal terminal volts. Check leads and connections.

SCRAPING NOISE Fan rubbing. Remove interference.

7-5

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE (cont'd.) PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY NOISY OPERATIONS Air gap not uniform. Check and correct bracket or bearing. Rotor unbalance. Rebalance. HOT BEARINGS GENERAL

Insufficient grease. Maintain proper quantity of grease In bearing.

Deterioration of grease or

lubricant contaminated. Remove old grease, wash bearings thoroughly in kerosene and replace with new grease.

Excess lubricant. Reduce quantity of grease, bearing

should not be more than 1/2 filled. Overloaded bearing. Check alignment, side & end thrust. Badly worn bearing. Replace bearing. Broken ball or rough races. Replace bearing; first clean housing

thoroughly. Bent or sprung shaft. Straighten or replace shaft. Misalignment. Correct by alignment of drive.

7-6

SECTION EIGHT

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit REPLACEMENT PARTS

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING. THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN SUPPLIED WITH WARNING LABELS, SHOULD THEY BECOME DAMAGED, REMOVED OR ILLEGIBLE, PLEASE CONTACT PARKSON CORPORATION FOR NO-COST REPLACEMENT LABELS. Replacement parts can be ordered either through your Parkson Hycor Products Representative or by contacting the Parkson Hycor Products Parts Coordinator toll free at 1-800-249-2140. Please have the unit’s project number, serial number and model number as shown on the front cover, available. This will ensure the accuracy of the part identification. Accurate part identification will be verified prior to processing your order.

8-1

Replacement Parts List

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit Model RDT400

NOTE: Please give the project number 510325, serial number (51032502 & 51032503) and

model number (RDT400), when ordering replacement parts. This will ensure accurate part identification.

ITEM

(fig. 8-2A) DESCRIPTION MAT’L QTY. PER

UNIT PART NO.

1 Gearmotor - 3 HP (R77) 230/460/3/60 Severe Duty

Mfg Std Pntd

1 3702-707-101

2 Gearmotor - 0.5 HP (RF37) 230/460/3/60

Severe Duty Mfg Std

Pntd 1 3704-313

3 Screen: Stage 1 - 24 Mesh, 0.014 dia 316 SST 1 5283-014-001

4 Stage 2 - 24 Mesh, 0.010 dia 316 SST 1 5283-014-002



7 Trunnion Wheel Assembly (Includes Acetal

Copolymer trunnion wheel w/ flanged 52100 high chromium steel bearings)

See Descp.

6 4025-027

OR 7 Trunnion Wheel Assembly (Includes Acetal

Copolymer trunnion wheel w/ flanged 52100 high chromium steel bearings, 316 SST shaft, grease zerk & retaining pin)

See Descp.

6 5021-052

8 Drive Chain, #60 CS 99” 3039-052 9 Chain Link CS 1 3388-001 10 Chain Link Offset CS 1 3388-028

11 Drive Sprocket CS/Pnt’d 1 4013-042 12 Driven Sprocket CS/Pnt’d 1 4013-038 CS/Pnt’d

13 Stabilizer Wheel 316 SST 4 4101-001

14 Base Tensioner, Lovejoy CS/Pnt’d 1 3384-005 14A Idler Sprocket CS/Pnt’d 1 3383-006

15 Bearing Block UHMWPE 1 1524-003

8-2

2

12

56

34

LIQ

UID

DIS

CH

AR

GE

INP

UT

DIS

CH

AR

GE

SO

LID

S

RD

T20

0 /

300

/ 400

RE

PLA

CE

ME

NT

PA

RT

S O

F S

TA

ND

AR

D T

HIC

KT

EC

H

UN

ITT

M

ST

AG

E 1

ST

AG

E 2

ST

AG

E 4

ST

AG

E 3

1511

14

13

89

10

7

1

8-2A

Purchased Spare Parts

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit

Model RDT400 NOTE: Please give the project number (510325), serial number (51032502 & 51032503)

and model number (RDT400), when ordering replacement parts. This will ensure accurate part identification.

ITEM

(fig. 8-2A) DESCRIPTION QTY. / UNIT PART NO. PREDICTED

LIFE*

3 Screen: Stage 1 - 24 Mesh, 0.014 dia 1 5283-014-001 2-3 yrs

4 Stage 2 - 24 Mesh, 0.010 dia 1 5283-014-002 2-3 yrs



7 Trunnion Wheel Assembly (Includes

trunnion wheel w/ flanged bearings, shaft, grease zerk & retaining pin)

6 5021-052 1-2 yrs

8 Drive Chain, #60 99” 3039-052 6mos-1yr 9 Chain Link 1 3388-001 6mos-1yr 10 Chain Link Offset 1 3388-028 6mos-1yr

11 Drive Sprocket 1 4013-042 1-2 yrs 12 Driven Sprocket 1 4013-038 1-2 yrs

14A Idler Sprocket 1 3383-006 1-2 yrs

*The life of these parts is directly related to and dependent upon the environment of each individual application. Proper maintenance and adjustment must be made diligently to acquire the maximum life of these parts. This is best done by strictly following the guidelines of the IOM manual and maintaining a maintenance log. Therefore, the actual life of these parts may be more or less than as stated in above table.

8-3

Recommended Spare Parts, Priced

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit

Model RDT400 NOTE: Please give the project number (510325), serial number (51032502 & 51032503)

and model number (RDT400), when ordering replacement parts. This will ensure accurate part identification.

ITEM (fig. 8-2A)

PART NUMBER

DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE

QTY. / UNIT

TOTAL PRICE

PREDICTED LIFE

7 4025-027 Trunnion Assembly $660.00 6 Ea $3960.00 1-2 yrs

8 3039-052 Drive Chain, #60 99” Long

149.00 1 Ea 149.00 6mos-1yr

9 3388-001 Drive Link 4.00 1 Ea 4.00 6mos-1yr

10 3388-028 Drive Link Offset 5.00 1 Ea 5.00 6mos-1yr

11 4013-042 Sprocket, Drive $172.00 1 Ea $172.00 6mos-1yr

12 4013-038 Sprocket, Driven $582.00 1 Ea $582.00 1-2 yrs

14A 3383-006 Sprocket, Idler $79.00 1 Ea $79.00 1-2 yrs

The Trunnion Assembly includes the following: Trunnion Wheel with Flanged Bearings. * The life of these parts is directly related to and dependent upon the environment of each

individual application. Proper maintenance and adjustment must be made diligently to acquire the maximum life of these parts. This is best done by strictly following the guidelines of the IOM manual and maintaining a maintenance log. Therefore, the actual life of these parts may be more or less than as stated in above table.

1. All prices are subject to change. 2. Shipping charges are not included in the pricing above. 3. Shipping terms are F.O.B. Shipping Point, prepaid and added to the invoice, unless otherwise

indicated. 4. Payment terms are Net Thirty (30) days from the date of invoice.

8-4

SECTION NINE

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit COMPONENT DATA

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING.

9-1

Section Nine A

9A-1of 22

A Crane Co. Company

INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL

IMPORTANT! Read all instructions in this manual before operating pump. DO NOT work on pump until you are sure pump and associated piping are totally depressurized, pump and motor have cooled down. As a result of Crane Pumps & Systems, Inc., constant product improvement program, product changes may occur. As such Crane Pumps & Systems reserves the right to change product without prior written notifi cation.

420 Third Street 83 West Drive, Bramton

Piqua, Ohio 45356 Ontario, Canada L6T 2J6

Phone: (937) 778-8947 Phone: (905) 457-6223

Fax: (937) 773-7157 Fax: (905) 457-2650

www.cranepumps.com Form No. F0807D-Rev. E

Turbine Pumps

SERIES: ET

SERIES: ES

SERIES: CSSERIES: CT

SERIES: EC & ED

9A-2of 22

mark

Text Box

2

Please Read This Before Installing Or Operating Pump.

This information is provided for SAFETY and to PREVENT

EQUIPMENT PROBLEMS. To help recognize this information,

observe the following symbols:

IMPORTANT! Warns about hazards that can result

in personal injury orIndicates factors concerned with

assembly, installation, operation, or maintenance which

could result in damage to the machine or equipment if

ignored.

CAUTION! Warns about hazards that can or will cause minor

personal injury or property damage if ignored. Used with symbols

below.

WARNING! Warns about hazards that can or will cause serious

personal injury, death, or major property damage if ignored. Used

with symbols below.

Only qualifi ed personnel should install, operate and repair

pump. Any wiring of pumps should be performed by a qualifi ed

electrician.

WARNING ! To reduce risk of electrical shock, pumps and

control panels must be properly grounded in accordance

with the National Electric Code (NEC) or the Canadian

Electrical Code (CEC) and all applicable state, province,

local codes and ordinances. Improper grounding voids

warranty.

WARNING! To reduce risk of electrical shock, always

disconnect the pump from the power source before

handling or servicing. Lock out power and tag.

WARNING! Operation against a closed

discharge valve will cause premature bearing

and seal failure on any pump, and on end

suction and self priming pump the heat build

may cause the generation of steam with resulting dangerous

pressures. It is recommended that a high case temperature

switch or pressure relief valve be installed on the pump body.

CAUTION ! Pumps build up heat and pressure

during operation-allow time for pumps to cool

before handling or servicing.

WARNING ! This pump is designed to handle materials

which could cause illness or desease through direct

exposure. Wear adequate protective clothing when

working on the pump or piping.

WARNING ! Do not pump hazardous materials

(fl ammable, caustic, etc.) unless the pump is specifi cally

designed and designated to handle them.

WARNING ! Do not wear loose clothing that may

become entangled in moving parts.

WARNING ! Keep clear of suction and discharge

openings. DO NOT insert fi ngers in pump with power

connected.

Always wear eye protection when working on pumps.

Make sure lifting handles are securely fastened each

time before lifting. DO NOT operate pump without safety

devices in place. Always replace safety devices that

have been removed during service or repair. Secure the

pump in its operating position so it can not tip over, fall

or slide.

DO NOT exceed manufacturers recommendation for

maximum performance, as this could cause the motor

to overheat.

WARNING ! To reduce risk of electrical shock, all wiring

and junction connections should be made per the NEC

or CEC and applicable state or province and local

codes. Requirements may vary depending on usage

and location.

WARNING! Products returned must be cleaned,

sanitized, or decontaminated as necessary prior to

shipment, to insure that employees will not be exposed

to health hazards in handling said material. All Applicable

Laws And Regulations Shall Apply.

Bronze/brass and bronze/brass fi tted pumps may

contain lead levels higher than considered safe for

potable water systems. Lead is known to cause cancer

and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Various

government agencies have determined that leaded

copper alloys should not be used in potable water

applications. For non-leaded copper alloy materials of

construction, please contact factory.

Crane Pumps & Systems, Inc. is not responsible for

losses, injury, or death resulting from a failure to observe

these safety precautions, misuse or abuse of pumps or

equipment.

SAFETY FIRST!

Hazardous fl uids can cause fi re or explo-sions, burnes or death could result.

Extremely hot - Severe burnes can occur on contact.

Biohazard can cause serious personal injury.

Hazardous fl uids can Hazard-ous pressure, eruptions or ex-plosions could cause personal injury or property damage.

Rotating machineryAmputation or severe laceration can result.

Hazardous voltage can shock, burn or cause death.

Other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

®Burks is a registered trademark of Crane Pumps & Systems, Inc. 1986, 2001, 2003, 1/2006, 9/06 Alteration Rights Reserved9A-3of 22

mark

Text Box

3

These instructions are intended as a guide to good installation practice. A correct installation, combined with regularly scheduled maintenance will generally insure a longer and more trouble-free pump service life.

The tables below are for your convenience in maintaining these records.

PUMP INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE RECORD

Pump Catalog No._____________________________ Discharge Gauge, Reading _______________ Head Feet

Pump Serial No._______________________________ Discharge Piping: Length _________________ Feet

Date Installed_________________________________ Diameter _______________ Inches

Capacity___________________ GPM _____________ Liquid:______________________________________

Total Head_________________ Feet______________ Temperature________________°F. ______________

Suction (±) __________________________Head Feet Specifi c Gravity_______________________________

Suction Piping: Length______________________Feet Viscosity__________ @ ______ °F. ______________

Diameter___________________Inches

Voltage-Pump Operating: _______________________ Amperage: Line-1 ______ Line-2 ______ Line-3_____

INSPECTION AND REPAIRS

INSPECTED OUT-OF

SERVICE

BACK-IN

SERVICE

REPAIRES COST

DATE BY

9A-4of 22

mark

Text Box

4

GENERAL INFORMATION

To the Purchaser:Congratulations! You are the owner of one of the fi nest pumps on the market today. Burks® Pumps are products engineered and manufactured of high quality components. Over eighty years of pump building experience along with a continuing quality assurance program combine to produce a pump which will stand up to the toughest pumping projects.

This manual will provide helpful information concerning installation, maintenance, and proper service guidelines.

Receiving:Upon receiving the pump, it should be inspected for damage or shortages. If damage has occurred, fi le a claim immediately with the company that delivered the pump. If the manual is removed from the crating, do not lose or misplace.

Unless otherwise specifi cally agreed, all capacity, head and effi ciency guarantees are based on shop test when handling clear, cold, fresh water at a temperature not over 85°F.

Storage: Short Term - Burks Pumps are manufactured for effi cient performance following long inoperative periods in storage. For best results, pumps can be retained in storage, as factory assembled, in a dry atmosphere with constant temperatures for up to six (6) months.

Long Term - Any length of time exceeding six (6) months, but not more than twenty four (24) months. The units should be stored in a temperature controlled area, a roofed over walled enclosure that provides protection from the elements (rain, snow, wind blown dust, etc..), and whose temperature can be maintained between +40 deg. F and +120 deg. F.If extended high humidity is expected to be a problem, all exposed parts should be inspected before storage and all surfaces that have the paint scratched, damaged, or worn should be recoated with a water base, air dry enamel paint. All surfaces should then be sprayed with a rust-inhibiting oil.

Service Centers: For the location of the nearest Burks Service Center, check your Burks representative or Crane Pumps & Systems, Inc., in Piqua, Ohio, telephone (937) 778-8947.

LOCATION OF PUMPThe unit should be mounted in a dry location where it is easily accessible for inspection and maintenance. Allow ample clearance around the unit for free air circulation. If a dry location is not available, mount it on a foundation well above the wet fl oor. In order to keep the suction line as short as possible, place the pump close to the source of supply. Normally after being primed the pump can lift liquid from a supply 25 feet below the center line of the suction. However, where liquids at or near their boiling points are being handled, the supply must be located above the suction, so that the available NPSH will be greater than that required by the unit.

ALIGNMENTIf the pump is driven by a fl exible coupling, the angular, vertical and horizontal alignment must be checked. A straightedge across the coupling must rest evenly on both rims of the coupling at the top, bottom and sides. Alignment should be rechecked shortly after the initial start-up. Factory assembled units must be realigned at the job site due to the possibility of distortion in shipment. Final coupling alignment should be made with the system at operating temperature.

PIPING

DO NOT Use The Pump As A Piping Support.

It is very important that the pipe be independently supported near the pump so that no strains will be transmitted to the unit. External loads caused by the pipe cause misalignment with subsequent failure of bearings and internal parts. Suction and discharge sizes are selected for proper performance of the pumping unit and are not intended to determine the suction and discharge pipe sizes. Pipe sizes must be determined by the user based on the system requirements.

SUCTION PIPINGSuction piping should be short in length, as direct as possible, and never smaller in diameter than the pump suction opening. The suction pipe should slope upward to the pump inlet. A horizontal suction line must have a gradual rise to the pump. Any high point in the pipe will become fi lled with air and thus prevent proper operation of the pump. When reducing the piping to the suction opening diameter use an eccentric reducer with the eccentric side down to avoid air pockets. Never use a straight taper reducer in a horizontal suction line, as it tends to form an air pocket in the top of the reducer and the pipe.

Valves in Suction Piping - If the pump is operating under static suction lift conditions, a foot valve or check valve should be installed in the suction line to avoid the necessity of priming each time the pump is started.A strainer, approximately 20 mesh, should be installed on the suction side of the pump to prevent chips, scale or hard foreign particles from entering the pump and damaging the raceway and impeller.

The pump must never be throttled by the use of a valve on the suction side of the pump. Valves should be used only to isolate the pump for maintenance purposes, and should always be installed in positions to avoid air pockets.

WARNING: BURKS Turbine Pumps are of the positive displacement type. When the pump is operating, liquid will be delivered to the discharge side of the pump. If the discharge

line is blocked or closed, pressure will build up until the motor stalls, a pump part breaks or the piping bursts. To prevent the possibility of equipment damage or personal injury, a pressure relieving device of adequate size must be incorporated in the discharge side of the system.

9A-5of 22

mark

Text Box

5

DISCHARGE PIPINGOn long horizontal runs it is desirable to maintain as even a grade as possible. Avoid high spots, such as loops, which will collect air and throttle the system or lead to erratic pumping.

Valves in Discharge Piping - A check valve gate valve should be installed in the discharge. The check valve, placed between the pump and the gate valve, protects the pump from excessive pressure, and prevents liquid from running back through the pump in case of power failure. The gate valve is used when shutting the pump down.

GAUGESPressure Gauges - Properly sized pressure gauges should be installed in both the suction and discharge side of the pump. The gauges will enable the operator to easily observe the operation of the pump, and also determine if the pump is operating in conformance with the performance curve. If cavitation, vapor binding or other unstable operation should occur, widely fl uctuating discharge pressure will be noted.

JACKETED SEAL CAVITY PIPINGThe cooling fl uid must enter the lower pipe connection to the cooling cavity and leave the upper pipe connection to insure that the cooling cavity is always full of fl uid.Cooling fl uid must be turned on when pump is running. The cooling fl uid cavity must not be under pressure. The fl uid leaving the cavity should fl ow to a drain. Cooling fl uid should run for a brief period after shutdown to prevent “Heat Soaking”.

OPERATING

WARNING: Failure to connect the motor frame to the power supply equipment grounding conductor by using the grounding cord, green screw or green wire provided may result in serious electrical shock.

PRIMINGBefore starting the pump it is necessary that both the casing and suction pipe be completely fi lled with liquid. This priming can be accomplished by any of the following methods.

A. When the liquid supply level is above the center line of the pump, it is primed by opening the suction and discharge valves. The infl owing liquid will displace the air and fi ll the suction line, pump casing, and discharge line up to the level of supply.

B. Where the pump is operating with suction lift and the suction line is equipped with a foot valve, the system is fi lled with liquid by fi lling through the discharge piping or priming plug if provided.

PRIOR TO STARTINGBefore the pump is started initially, make the following inspections:

• Check Rotation - Be sure that the pump operates in the direction indicated by the arrow on the pump casing or frame, as serious damage can result if the pump is operated with incorrect rotation. Make sure the shaft rotation is clockwise when looking at the motor end of the pump.

• Check all connections to motor and starting device with wiring diagram. Check voltage, phase and frequency on motor nameplate with line circuit.

IMPORTANT ! - All pumps with 3 phase motors MUST be installed with a magnetic starter which provides 3 leg protection for motor. Failure to use correct starter will void warranty.

STARTINGFollow the steps below in the order indicated to start pump:

• Open gate valve in discharge line wide open.• Open gate valve in suction line wide open.• Turn on power to pump motor. If the pump does not prime properly, loses its prime during start-up it should be shut-down and the condition corrected before the procedure is repeated.

If the motor runs, but no water is pumped, be sure pump is primed, that there are no air leaks in suction piping, that all gate valves are open and all check valves operate.

IMPORTANT ! - DO NOT operate pump at pressures above those shown for a given horsepower in the performance and selection tables, operating above maximum recommended pressure will overload the motor and void the warranty.

OPERATING CHECKSAfter initial start-up:

• Check the pump and piping to assure there are no leaks.• Check and record pressure gauge readings for future reference.• Check and record voltage, amperage per phase.

MAINTENANCE

LUBRICATIONNo lubrication is required for the liquid end of any BURKS Turbine pump. Motors are equipped with ball bearings which are grease-packed and sealed at the factory. No additional lubrication is required. Base-mounted pumps have ball bearings in the Power Frame Assembly which are grease-packed at the factory and have provisions for re-lubrication as required. Use Chevron SR1 grease, or equal. For continuous operation, lubricate annually. For intermittent operation, lubricate every two years. DO NOT over-lubricate.

9A-6of 22

mark

Text Box

6

SHAFT SEALThe mechanical shaft seal should be replaced if water is noticed around the motor shaft. Remove case and impeller and, using two screw drivers to pry on each side, remove seal stationary seat. Clean seat area of frame, install new stationary seat with ceramic surface facing out toward impeller and slide new rotating element over shaft sleeve with hard carbon surface against ceramic seat. Be sure to keep all surfaces clean. Lubricating seal parts with water will help the installation of the seal. Reinstall impeller and pump case.

STUFFING BOXPumps equipped with a stuffi ng box depend upon a small amount of water leakage for packing lubrication. Drain sump below the stuffi ng box is provided with a 1/4” pipe tapping for attaching a drain pipe if desired. Stuffi ng box should be tightened with pump running. A fi nger tight adjustment is generally suffi cient. When installing additional packing, the joints of successive packing pieces should be staggered to give the best results.

CLEANING STRAINERThe strainer should be cleaned and fl ushed twice a year, or more often if necessary. A clogged strainer will seriously impair pump operation.

ADDING BOILER COMPOUNDBOILER COMPOUND SHOULD NOT BE INTRODUCED INTO SYSTEM ON THE SUCTION SIDE OF PUMP. Boiler compound often coagulates when it contacts hot water and becomes abrasive, and will damage the raceway and impeller of the pump.

DRAINING THE PUMPTo drain pump, remove 1/4” pipe plugs from bottom of pump frame and pump case. After pump has drained, start pump to discharge liquid from the impeller. Always protect the pump, piping, tank, etc., from freezing - or drain the system when there is a chance of freeze-up.

IMPELLER ADJUSTMENTAfter years of service, it may be desirable to adjust the impeller to compensate for water wear. If this is necessary, because of reduced capacity or pressure, see instructions on next page.

MOTORKeep motor clean and dry. It is drip-proof when installed horizontally and the windings are protected from excess humidity, but extreme conditions should be avoided when possible. If motor fails to run, be sure power is on, all switches or electrical controls are closed, fuses are in order and all electrical connections are tight. (Motor must be repaired by Authorized Repair Station under terms of guarantee.)

FAILURE TO PUMPIf the motor runs, but no water is pumped, be sure pump is primed, that there are no air leaks in suction piping, that all gate valves are open and all check valves operate.

9A-7of 22

mark

Text Box

7

IMPELLER ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS

CAUTION !IMPROPER ADJUSTMENT OF A NEW BURKS TURBINE PUMP WILL INVALIDATE THE WARRANTY.

We are placing a wax over the adjusting screws on all turbine models (excluding the CR models). The wax on the CR model is placed in the socket head of the allen screw. This change has been placed to ensure that the adjustmentsare to factory settings when we ship them out. If these pump are returned for a warranty claim, Crane Pumps & Systems will be able to tell if the adjustment has been tampered with. If the unit has been tampered with, the pump may not be covered under Crane Pumps & Systems warranty policy.

LIFE-LOK® External Impeller Adjustment is a patented feature found exclusively on BURKS Turbine Pumps. It allows for

precise setting of pump performance during production testing.

Every BURKS Turbine Pump is factory tested for optimum performance, and the impeller position is locked in. Any further

adjustment of a new pump is not required or recommended.

LIFE-LOK® may be used for fi eld readjustment to match systems pressure requirements if necessary.

LIFE-LOK® also provides a means of restoring pump performance without disturbing piping, disassembling pump, or

costly parts replacement.

TO ADJUST IMPELLER:

1. Disconnect electrical power. Adjustment should never be attempted while pump is running.

Serious damage could occur.

2. Loosen slide lock and remove tab from hole in adjusting screw.

3. Turn the Adjusting Screw with a Spanner Wrench. (Do Not Use A Screwdriver, Punch or Other Tool.) At the same

time, rotate the shaft back and forth with a common nail or other object placed through the hole provided for that

purpose on close-coupled pumps. The shaft on base mounted pumps may be rotated by turning at the coupling

end. (An Adjustable Spanner Wrench - Part No. 7492 - is available from BURKS.)

4. Rotate Adjusting Screw in a clockwise direction (Fig. 1). A drag will be felt as the impeller comes into contact with

the raceway. At this point, make a mark on the pump frame and adjusting screw, across one of the spanner wrench

holes (Fig. 2).

5. Rotate Adjusting Screw in the opposite direction (counter-clockwise) to back the impeller off and provide clearance

between it and the raceway. The proper clearance may be obtained by moving the adjusting screw approximately

one half the distance between two of the spanner wrench holes as indicated by the reference marks made in

Step 4 (Fig. 3).

6. Lock the Adjusting Screw in place. Insert the tab of the Slide Lock in the nearest spanner wrench hole and tighten the

lock screw.

7. Re-connect electrical power and start pump.

If pump seems to labor unduly when coming up to pressure, a slight additional adjustment to increase the

clearance between the impeller and raceway will be necessary. Do not allow pump to operate with insuffi cient

clearance between those two parts. If adjustment does not restore desired performance, replacement of the

impeller and raceway may be necessary. These are matching parts and must be replaced as a set. Repair kits

are available for BURKS Turbine Pumps.

9A-8of 22

mark

Text Box

8

Limited 1 Year WarrantyWe warrant that products of our manufacture will be free of defects in material and workmanship under normal use and

service for twelve (12) months after notice of owner’s acceptance, but no greater than twenty-four (24) months after receipt

of shipment, when installed and maintained in accordance with our instructions.

This warranty gives you specifi c legal rights, and there may also be other rights which vary from state to state. In the

event the product is covered by the Federal Consumer Product Warranties Law (1) the duration of any implied warranties

associated with the product by virtue of said law is limited to the same duration as stated herein, (2) this warranty is a

LIMITED WARRANTY, and (3) no claims of any nature whatsoever shall be made against us, until the ultimate consumer,

his successor, or assigns, notifi es us in writing of the defect, and delivers the product and/or defective part (s) freight prepaid

to our factory or nearest authorized service station. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty

lasts, so the above limitation may not apply. THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF ANY AND ALL

WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCT SHALL BE TO REPLACE OR REPAIR AT OUR ELECTION, F.O.B.

POINT OF MANUFACTURE OR AUTHORIZED REPAIR STATION, SUCH PRODUCTS AND/OR PARTS AS PROVEN

DEFECTIVE. THERE SHALL BE NO FURTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER BASED ON WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR

OTHERWISE. Unless expressly stated otherwise, guarantees in the nature of performance specifi cations furnished in

addition to the foregoing material and workmanship warranties on a product manufactured by us, if any, are subject to

laboratory tests corrected for fi eld performance. Any additional guarantees, in the nature of performance specifi cations

must be in writing and such writing must be signed by our authorized representative. Due to inaccuracies in fi eld testing

if a confl ict arises between the results of fi eld testing conducted by or for user, and laboratory tests corrected for fi eld

performance, the latter shall control. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS OR THOSE RESULTING

FROM SYSTEMS ANALYSES AND EVALUATIONS WE CONDUCT WILL BE BASED ON OUR BEST AVAILABLE

EXPERIENCE AND PUBLISHED INDUSTRY INFORMATION. SUCH RECOMMENDATIONS DO NOT CONSTITUTE A

WARRANTY OF SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE AND NO SUCH WARRANTY IS GIVEN.

This warranty shall not apply when damage is caused by (a) improper installation, (b) improper voltage (c) lightning

(d) excessive sand or other abrasive material (e) scale or corrosion build-up due to excessive chemical content. Any

modifi cation of the original equipment will also void the warranty. We will not be responsible for loss, damage or labor cost

due to interruption of service caused by defective parts. Neither will we accept charges incurred by others without our prior

written approval.

This warranty is void if our inspection reveals the product was used in a manner inconsistent with normal industry practice

and/or our specifi c recommendations. The purchaser is responsible for communication of all necessary information

regarding the application and use of the product. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL WE BE RESPONSIBLE FOR

ANY OTHER DIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS, LOST

INCOME, LABOR CHARGES, DELAYS IN PRODUCTION, IDLE PRODUCTION, WHICH DAMAGES ARE CAUSED

BY ANY DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND\OR WORKMANSHIP AND/OR DAMAGE OR DELAYS IN SHIPMENT. THIS

WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY

WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

No rights extended under this warranty shall be assigned to any other person, whether by operation of law or otherwise,

without our prior written approval.

RETURNED GOODS

RETURN OF MERCHANDISE REQUIRES A “RETURNED GOODS AUTHORIZATION”.

CONTACT YOUR LOCAL CRANE PUMPS & SYSTEMS, INC. DISTRIBUTOR.

Products Returned Must Be Cleaned, Sanitized, Or Decontaminated As Necessary

Prior To Shipment, To Insure That Employees Will Not Be Exposed To Health Hazards

In Handling Said Material. All Applicable Laws And Regulations Shall Apply.

9A-9of 22

mark

Text Box

9A-10of 22

SE

CT

ION

PA

GE

DA

TE

US

A: (9

37

) 77

8-8

94

7 • C

an

ad

a: (9

05

) 45

7-6

22

3 • In

tern

atio

na

l: (93

7) 6

15

-35

98

A Crane C

o. Com

pany

Turbines - Base M

ounted

85

TB

MP

ww

w.c

ranepum

ps.c

om

Series: E

S

6/0

6

SYMBOL

NUMBER

PART

NUMBER

QTY DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

01420

20939

20922

01691

21463

1

1

1

2

2

Key

Oil Seal

Spring

Plug, 1/8"

Bearing

6

7

8

9

11

12

20921

20920

09781

07576

07577

08324

1

1

1

1

1

Shaft

Bearing Housing

Impeller Adjusting Screw

Lock, Adjusting Screw

Screw - #10-24 x 3/8" Lg

Slinger Washer

14

08991

09813-C

21934

1

1

1

Mechanical Seal - Buna-N (Std)

Mechanical Seal - Viton

Mechanical Seal - EPT

15

16

17

09787

09791

09817

22135

22104

02535

1

1

1

1

1

2

Frame (for mechanical seal)

O-Ring Gasket - Buna-N (Std)

O-Ring Gasket - Viton

O-Ring Gasket - EPT

O-Ring Gasket - Tefl on

Screw, Raceway to Frame

* 18

SA09788-5

SA09788-6

SA09788-7

SA09788-HT-8

SA09788-HT-9

1

1

1

1

1

Impeller - ES5M

Impeller - ES6M

Impeller - ES7M

Impeller - ES8M

Impeller - ES9M

19

20

01404

09790-B

1

1

Impeller Locknut

Case

21

22

04236

04231

09695

20285

3

1

1

1

Pipe Plug - 1/4"

Suction Sleeve - Buna-N (Std)

Suction Sleeve - Viton

Suction Sleeve - EPT

23

24

25

01457

21748-A

01931

03121

1

1

4

4

Key, Woodruff (as shown) (repair kit only)

Key, Square

Cap Screw, 7/16-14 x 1¼" Lg

Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 3/4" Lg

SYMBOL

NUMBER

PART

NUMBER

QTY DESCRIPTION

26

09789-5

09789-6

09789-7

09789-8

09789-9

1

1

1

1

1

Raceway - ES5M

Raceway - ES6M

Raceway - ES7M

Raceway - ES8M

Raceway - ES9M

27

28

29

30

31

32

09792

05812-B

07003

04211

05468

02953

1

1

2

2

5

1

Frame (for stuffi ng box)

Gland, Stuffi ng Box

Gland Bolt

Gland Nut

Packing

Pipe Plug - 1/2"

21348 1 Power Frame Assy (Includes symbols 1 thru

8 and 12)

DIFFERING PARTS FOR ALL BRONZE CONSTRUCTION

15

27

20

25

24

09787-A

09792-A

09790-C

03121-A

08771

1

1

1

4

4

Frame (for mechanical seal)

Frame (for packing gland)

Case

Cap Screw

Cap Screw - SS

REPAIR KITS FOR CT SERIES PUMPS

CATALOG NO. FOR USE WITH

20522-5

20522-6

20522-7

20522-8

20522-9

ES5M

ES6M

ES7M

ES8M

ES9M

Kit includes: Impeller, Raceway, Mechanical Seal, Gasket, Suction Sleeve,

Raceway Screws, Impeller Locknut, Shaft Key and Instructions

(*) Standard impellers are suitable for fl uid temperatures to 250°F (121°C). For higher

temperatures, add the designation "HT" to impeller part number.

This includes all "MJ" Jacketed Seal Pumps. EXAMPLE: SA09788-HT-5

NOTE 1: Impeller and Raceways must be ordered as a set. NOT available individually.

9A-11of 22

SECTION PAGE DATE

USA: (937) 778-8947 • Canada: (905) 457-6223 • International: (937) 615-3598A Crane Co. Company

Base Mounted Turbine Pumps

16B

www.cranepumps.com

Series: ES

4ES - 1725 RPM - 60Hz.ES - 3450 RPM - 60Hz.(See Indivdual curves for symbol number)

ES - 2900 RPM - 50Hz.(See Indivdual curves for symbol number)

1/06

Individual performance curves should be checked for fi nal selection.

9A-12 9A-12of 22

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Oval

mark

Line

rajeevr

Text box

SECTION PAGE DATE



26B

www.cranepumps.com

Series: ES60 Hz Performance

1/06

60Hz - PERFORMANCE AND SELECTION CHART

Capacity in GPM (LPS) at Total Head in Feet (m) or Pressure Shown

CatalogNumber

PSI(kpa)

8.6(59)

17.2(118)

26(179)

43.3(298)

54.1(373)

64.9(447)

75.8(522)

86.6(597)

97.4(671)

108.3(746)

119.1(821)

130(896)

140.1(965)

151.8(1045)

Feet(m)

20(6)

40(12)

60(18)

100(30)

125(38)

150(45)

175(53)

200(60)

225(68)

250(76)

275(83)

300(91)

325(99)

350(106)

ES5M

GPM(LPS)BHP

5.6(.35).10

4.9(.30).12

4.2(.26).15

3.2(.20).22

2.8(.17).28

2.4(.15).35

2.1(.13).41

1.8(.11).48

1.6(.10).52

1.4(.08).59

1.2(.07).65

1.0(.06).69

Motor Size 1/4 HP 1/3 HP 1/2 HP 3/4 HP

ES6M

GPM(LPS)BHP

7.7(.48).15

6.9(.43).20

6.2(.39).25

5.0(.31).35

4.4(.27).42

3.9(.24).48

3.6(.22).52

3.2(.20).58

2.9(.18).62

2.6(.16).65

2.4(.15).70

2.1(.13).78

Motor Size 1/4 HP 1/2 HP 3/4 HP 1 HP

ES7M

GPM(LPS)BHP

10.5(.66).20

9.4(.59).28

8.6(.54).32

7.2(.45).48

6.5(.41).55

5.9(.37).64

5.4(.34).75

4.8(.30).85

4.4(.27).92

4.0(.25)1.10

3.5(.22)1.20

3.1(.19)1.35

2.7(.17)1.50

2.3(.14)1.70

Motor Size 1/4 HP 1/3 HP 1/2 HP 3/4 HP 1 HP 1¼ HP 1½ HP 2 HP

ES8M

GPM(LPS)BHP

12.1(.76).35

11.2(.70).42

10.3(.64).50

8.9(.56).65

8.2(.51).75

7.5(.47).85

6.8(.42).95

6.2(.39)1.10

5.6(.35)1.20

5.0(.31)1.35

4.5(.28)1.5

4.0(.25)1.6

3.6(.22)1.75

3.1(.19)1.95

Motor Size 1/2 HP 3/4 HP 1 HP 1½ HP 2 HP

ES9M

GPM(LPS)BHP

14.5(.91).40

13.1(.82).52

12.1(.76).61

10.4(.65).80

9.6(.60).90

8.8(.55)1.05

8.2(.51)1.15

7.5(.47)1.30

6.9(.43)1.42

6.3(.39)1.60

5.7(.35)1.75

5.2(.32)1.90

4.8(.30)2.10

4.2(.26)2.35

Motor Size 1/2 HP 3/4 HP 1 HP 1½ HP 2 HP 3 HP

1750RPM

3450RPM

60Hz - PERFORMANCE AND SELECTION CHART

Capacity in GPM (LPS) at Total Head in Feet (m) or Pressure Shown

CatalogNumber

PSI(kpa)

8.6(59)

17.2(118)

26(179)

43.3(298)

54.1(373)

64.9(447)

75.8(522)

86.6(597)

97.4(671)

108.3(746)

119.1(821)

130(896)

140.1(965)

151.8(1045)

Feet(m)

20(6)

40(12)

60(18)

100(30)

125(38)

150(45)

175(53)

200(60)

225(68)

250(76)

275(83)

300(91)

325(99)

350(106)

ES5M

GPM(LPS)BHP

10.8(.68).60

10.4(.65).65

10.0(.63).70

9.2(.58).80

8.8(.55).91

8.6(.54).98

8.3(.52)1.10

8.0(.50)1.20

7.8(.49)1.30

7.6(.47)1.4

7.4(.46)1.52

7.2(.45)1.75

7.1(.44)1.85

7.0(.44)2.00

Motor Size 3/4 HP 1 HP 1½ HP 2 HP

ES6M

GPM(LPS)BHP

15.6(.98).85

15.2(.95).90

14.6(.92)1.00

13.5(.85)1.20

12.9(.81)1.35

12.4(.78)1.45

11.9(.75)1.60

11.6(.73)1.70

11.2(.70)1.85

10.8(.68)1.95

10.4(.65)2.10

10.1(.63)2.20

9.8(.61)2.30

9.5(.59)2.50

Motor Size 1 HP 1½ HP 2 HP 3 HP

ES7M

GPM(LPS)BHP

20.0(1.26)1.30

19.6(1.23)1.38

18.7(1.17)1.55

17.3(1.09)1.80

16.6(1.04)1.95

15.9(1.00)2.12

15.3(.96)2.28

14.8(.93)2.45

14.3(.90)2.60

13.8(.87)2.80

13.3(.83)2.95

12.8(.80)3.15

12.5(.78)3.25

12.1(.75)3.5

Motor Size 1½ HP 2 HP 3 HP 5 HP

ES8M

GPM(LPS)BHP

26.2(1.65)1.60

25.6(1.61)1.70

24.5(1.54)1.80

22.9(1.44)2.20

22.0(1.38)2.40

21.2(1.33)2.60

20.5(1.29)2.80

19.8(1.24)3.00

19.2(1.21)3.30

18.5(1.16)3.60

18.0(1.13)3.80

17.4(1.09)4.10

16.9(1.06)4.40

16.4(1.03)4.90

Motor Size 2 HP 3 HP 5 HP

ES9M

GPM(LPS)BHP

32.0(2.01)2.00

31.5(1.98)2.10

30.5(1.92)2.30

28.6(1.61)2.70

27.5(1.73)3.00

26.5(1.67)3.20

25.6(1.61)3.50

24.7(1.55)3.70

23.9(1.50)3.90

23.0(1.45)4.20

22.2(1.40)4.40

21.5(1.35)4.60

20.7(1.30)4.90

20.0(1.26)5.10

Motor Size 2 HP 3 HP 5 HP 7½ HP

NOTE: When pumping hot water over 180ºF (82.2ºC), check the NPSH available in the pumping system against the required pump NPSH shown on pump performance curves. Available NPSH must be greater than required NPSH.

9A-13of 22

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Oval

mark

Line

SECTION PAGE DATE



56B

www.cranepumps.com

Series: ESDimensions

1/06

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (mm)

A B CP D DD E F G H K1 K2 L O P S U V X Y

5(126)

5½(139)

15⅛(384)

3½(88)

3⅛(79)

2(50)

3⅜(85)

½(13)

½(13)

1⅝(41)

1¹¹⁄16

(42)8⅜

(212)6¾

(171)1¹⁄16

(27)1³⁄16

(30)¾

(19)2¼(57)

3¼(82)

111⁄16

(42)

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (mm)

MotorFrame

AB C CP HA HB HC HD HE HF HG HH HL HM HO HP HT X Y

9A-14of 22

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

A strainer, approximately 20 mesh, should be installed on the suction side of the pump to prevent chips, scale or hard foreign particales from entering the pump and damaging the raceway and impeller.

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

184T

mark

Text Box

7.13

mark

Text Box

15.93

mark

Text Box

15.13

mark

Text Box

10.00

mark

Text Box

25.00

mark

Text Box

31.87

mark

Text Box

7.00

mark

Text Box

4.00

mark

Text Box

23.00

mark

Text Box

2.50

mark

Text Box

0.69

mark

Text Box

8.31

mark

Text Box

11.73

mark

Text Box

10.25

mark

Text Box

1.00

mark

Text Box

0.81

mark

Text Box

3.25

mark

Text Box

1.69

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

Product Overview: ECP3663T-4

Click for Larger Image

Catalog Number: ECP3663T-4Description: 5HP,3500RPM,3PH,60HZ,184T,0634M,TEFC,F1Ship Weight: 128 lbs.

FEATURES• Heavy gauge steel and cast iron frames• Ball bearings• ISR® (Inverter Spike Resistant®) copper windings• Low-loss electrical grade lamination steel• Three year warranty

APPLICATIONSTypical applications include operations where continuousor frequent duty is required. Super-E Motors aredesigned to conserve energy over extended time periods.Class F insulated, 1.15 service factor. Inverter rated perNEMA MG1 Part 31.4.4.2. Suitable for variable torqueapplications and 20:1 constant torque speed range withproperly sized and adjusted variable frequency drives.

9A-15of 22

Specifications: ECP3663T-4

CATALOG NUMBER: ECP3663T-4

FL AMPS: 5.7

208V AMPS: --

BEARING-DRIVE-END: 6206

BEARING-OPP-DRIVE-END: 6206

DESIGN CODE: A

DOE-CODE: 010A

FL EFFICIENCY: 89.5

ENCLOSURE: TEFC

FRAME: 184T

HERTZ: 60

INSULATION-CLASS: F

KVA-CODE: L

SPEED [rpm]: 3500

OUTPUT [hp]: 5

PHASE: 3

POWER-FACTOR: 90

RATING: 40C AMB-CONT

SERIAL-NUMBER: --

SERVICE FACTOR: 1.15

SPEC. NUMBER: 06H483X065G1

VOLTAGE: 460

9A-16of 22

Performance Data: ECP3663T-4

Product Nameplate Data :

Rated Output 5 HP Hertz 60 NEMA Nom. Eff. 89.5

Volts 460 Phase 3 Power Factor 90

Full Load Amps 5.7 NEMA Design Code A Service Factor 1.15

Speed 3500 LR KVA Code L Rating - Duty 40C AMB-CONT

(Typical performance - Not guaranteed values)General Characteristics at 460 V, 60 Hz, 5 HP

Full Load Torque 7.5 LB-FT Starting Current 62 Amps

Start Configuration DOL No-Load Current 2.1 Amps

Break Down Torque 39 LB-FT Line-line Resistance @ 25° C 1.93 Ohms

Pull-Up Torque 26 LB-FT Temperature Rise, C @ FL (in deg) 44

Locked-Rotor Torque 31 LB-FT Temp. Rise @ S.F. Load (in deg) 52

Load Characteristics at 460 V, 60 Hz, 5 HP

% of Rated Load 25 50 75 100 125 150 S.F.

Power Factor 55 77 86 90 92 93 0

Efficiency 81.8 88.2 89.8 90 89.5 88.7 0

Speed (rpm) 3573 3549 3523 3497 3468 3438 0

Line Amperes 2.6 3.5 4.6 5.8 7.1 8.5 6.6

9A-17of 22

9A-18of 22

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

9A-19of 22

9A-20of 22

9A-21of 22

9A-22of 22

Section Nine B

9B-1 of 8

Stamm® Self-Cleaning Showers

Solve Clogging Problemsfrom Poor Quality Water

Lechler, Inc. 1-800-777-2926F1020

When you have to spraypoor quality liquid filledwith debris or other solids,STAMM® shower headersare set for the task. Theseare designed specificallyfor easy clean out withouthaving to shut down youroperation.

Typical applications:• Recycled wash spray• Vegetable first wash• Belt press cleaning• Grating wash• Slurry spray

Each header contains astainless steel brush thatruns the length of the pipe.It’s connected to thehandwheel on the end foreasy access. At a regularinterval, or if your headeris beginning to fill withsolids and the nozzles areclogging, a turn of thehandwheel will get every-thing moving again. While

turning the brush, thewheel also opens a flush-out valve so all thematerial gets swept out ofthe pipe without evershutting down the sprays.With at least one completeturn of the handwheel, thebrush clears each orifice.Close the valve and you’reback in operation. Younever need to shut off theflow.

NOZZLE BASE

GASKET

NOZZLE

RETAINING PLUG

RETAINING RING

FLUSH-OUT VALVE

CLEANINGBRUSH

MECHANICAL LINKAGEFOR VALVE TO BRUSH

STAMM® headers aremanufactured in NorthAmerica by Lechler andcustom built to yourspecific requirements.

Standard features include:

• Pipe sizes from 1-1/2" to 6".• Self-supporting brush cleans the entire

header with minimal obstruction.• Flush-out valve removes accumulated solids.• Nozzle size selection and quantity allow a wide range of flow rates.• Stainless steel construction.• Self aligning nozzles for consistent coverage and easy installation.

• All wear parts replaceable for years of cost-effective service.

Best of all, these headersare surprisingly inexpen-sive for custom built units.

You can have ano-obligation quote byfilling out the work sheet inthis brochure.9B-2 of 8

Lechler, Inc. 1-800-777-2926

Standard Shower Header Models

STAMM® headers can bemade in a wide range ofstandard profiles to suitspecific requirements.Each has its own advan-tages. Look over the listand see which looks thebest for your needs. Wewill help choose the mostappropriate nozzles foryour total flow specifica-tion. When we deliver yourquote, we can discuss thedetails.

75° Flat fan nozzles are available upon request.

#7 with no cleaning device and threaded ends also available.

Flat Fan NozzlesNozzleNumber 30° 60° 20 PSI 40 PSI 60 PSI 100 PSI 150 PSI 250 PSI

1.0 626.362.1F.37 626.364.1F.37 0.14 0.20 0.24 0.31 0.38 0.491.2 --- 626.404.1F.37 0.22 0.31 0.38 0.49 0.60 0.781.5 --- 626.464.1F.37 0.31 0.44 0.54 0.69 0.85 1.101.5 626.482.1F.37 --- 0.35 0.50 0.61 0.79 0.96 1.242.0 626.562.1F.37 626.564.1F.37 0.55 0.77 0.95 1.22 1.50 1.942.5 626.642.1F.37 626.644.1F.37 0.88 1.24 1.52 1.96 2.41 3.113.0 626.722.1F.37 626.724.1F.37 1.39 1.96 2.40 3.10 3.80 4.904.0 --- 626.804.1F.37 2.19 3.10 3.80 4.90 6.01 7.755.0 --- 626.884.1F.37 3.49 4.94 6.04 7.80 9.56 12.36.0 --- 626.964.1F.37 5.48 7.76 9.50 12.3 15.1 19.47.0 --- 626.004.1F.37 6.91 9.77 12.0 15.5 18.9 24.48.0 --- 626.044.1F.37 8.78 12.4 15.2 19.6 24.0 31.0

Product Codes for Ordering Flow Rate (Gallons per Minute)

Solid Stream NozzlesNozzle Product Codes forNumber Ordering (0°) 20 PSI 40 PSI 60 PSI 100 PSI 150 PSI 250 PSI

0.7 626.290.1F.37 0.06 0.09 0.10 0.14 0.17 0.210.8 626.320.1F.37 0.09 0.13 0.15 0.20 0.24 0.311.0 626.360.1F.37 0.14 0.20 0.24 0.31 0.38 0.491.2 626.390.1F.37 0.20 0.28 0.34 0.44 0.54 0.701.5 626.460.1F.37 0.31 0.43 0.53 0.68 0.84 1.082.0 626.570.1F.37 0.58 0.82 1.01 1.30 1.59 2.062.5 626.620.1F.37 0.79 1.12 1.37 1.77 2.16 2.793.0 626.670.1F.37 1.04 1.47 1.80 2.33 2.85 3.68

Flow Rate (Gallons per Minute)

9B-3 of 8

mark

Text Box

mark

Line

mark

Oval

mark

Rectangle

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Text Box

X3

mark

Text Box

X37

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Text Box

19.06 GPM

mark

Line

Non-Oscillating Self Cleaning Shower Headers Models 6 effective Jan 23, 2008

While every effort has been made to ensure its accuracy, Lechler makes no express or implied warranty of any kind respecting the information contained in this manual or the materials referred to therein. Anyone making use of the information or material contained herein does so at their own risk and assumes any and all liability resulting from such use. All data contained herein is subject to change without notice.

1. Storage Instructions:

1.1. Protection from weather, such as rain, is required to avoid deterioration of the packing material.

1.2. Keep product in packaging material until ready for installation to reduce the possibility of product damage.

1.3. Use care to avoid damaging the nozzle orifice. 1.4. Lechler, Inc. does not suggest stacking of packaging except for wooden crates (maximum 2

high).

2. Installation Procedure: 2.1. This shower assembly has been designed to provide the optimum spray pattern for your

application, and is dependent upon installing it in accordance with the original instructions. The nozzles have been installed and positioned correctly at the factory, and should not need additional adjustment during installation. Once the shower has been mounted with rigid support and connected to appropriate feed lines, it is ready for start up.

3. Operation Procedure: 3.1. On the initial start-up, fill the pipe at a liquid pressure below the normal operating level. Once

the spray pattern has stabilized, gradually increase to normal operating pressure. 3.2. When the system is running at normal operating pressure, but not to exceed 350 psi, perform

a full cleaning cycle to flush out the valve and sealing surface. 3.3. With the water supply at normal operating pressure open the valve by turning the handwheel

counter clockwise two full rotations. 3.4. Turn handwheel clockwise to close valve. 3.5. Check for leakage. 3.6. If the spray pattern is not correct at any of the nozzles, repeat the procedure. Make sure that

anytime you are using the flushout valve, the water supply is on at normal operating pressure.

4. Maintenance Instructions:

4.1. This shower assembly is designed to require very little maintenance, other than flushouts at

regular intervals. However, depending on the amount of time in operation, and the type of use, some parts may require replacement: •Nozzle - If the spray pattern after cleaning is no longer the true flat fan or stream, the nozzle should be replaced. •Brush - If over time the brushes wear to the point where they no longer dislodge the buildup on the nozzles sufficiently, they should be replaced. •Sealing Ring - If excess leakage occurs at the flushout valve when it is fully closed, the sealing ring should be replaced. 9B-4 of 8



•Seal Packing - If excess leakage occurs around the valve shaft during flushouts, the seal packing should be replaced.

4.2. These parts have an expected life of two to three years for the nozzles and shaft seal, and three to four years for the brushes and valve seal. This is a guide only, and lifetimes can vary according to the application conditions. Flat Fan Nozzle Assembly (Figure 1) - Due to liquid dynamics and nozzle design, the flat fan pattern is produced at a right angle to the cut in the nozzle (contrary to what you would expect when looking at the orifice). Each orifice is off set at about 7 degrees so the spray patterns do not interfere with each other.

4.3. When installing a nozzle, make sure that the orientation of the nozzles is in the same direction. The orifices are self aligning, but they can be indexed in multiple positions, so compare the new nozzle with the currently installed nozzles.

4.4. Disassembly procedure is a follows: 4.4.1. Remove the retaining ring, part number: 095.022.SC.50.42.0, if present. Note: showers

with Nylock patch on the retaining plug do not require retaining rings. 4.4.2. Back out the retaining plug with a 3/4” hex key. 4.4.3. The nozzle is then loose, and can be lifted out, along with the gasket. 4.4.4. While the assembly is apart, clean out the base and replace the gasket. 4.4.5. Replace the nozzles, check the alignment orientation as mentioned before. 4.4.6. Before reinserting the retaining plug, coat the threads of the retaining plug with a Hi-Temp

C5-A Anti-Seize Compound or similar material. 4.4.7. Please be advised the retaining plug has a limited life span of only 4 uses

before replacement. Failure of replacement may result in retaining plug becoming disconnected from the shower while in operation.

4.4.8. Reinsert the retaining plug, tightening to a torque of 550 - 600 in-lbs. 4.5. Solid Stream Nozzle Assembly (Figure 1) 4.5.1. The assembly and disassembly procedure for solid stream nozzles is the same as for flat

fan nozzle. However, the alignment of the orifice does not apply. The solid stream orifice does not require any particular orientation.

4.6. Nozzle Identification and Numbering (Table 1) There is a number stamped on each nozzle which specifies the size and spray angle. It appears on the side which faces the inside of the shower pipe, so the nozzle must be removed from the header for identification. The first number identifies the equivalent orifice size, and the second specifies the spray angle. For example, a nozzle marking of 2/60 indicates nozzle #2.0 with a 60° spray angle. This table

will be helpful when reordering replacement Lechler/STAMM Shower nozzles. 4.7. Handwheel removal procedure is as follows: 4.7.1. Remove retaining ring with retaining ring tool. 4.7.2. Remove washer and handwheel from shaft. 4.7.3. Reassemble handwheel in reverse order. 9B-5 of 8



4.8. FOR SHOWERS WITH VICTAULIC FITTINGS: 4.8.1. Disassembly - Piping systems must always be depressurized and drained before

attempting disassembly and removal of any VICTAULIC piping products. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury, property damage, improper installation, joint leakage or joint failure.

4.8.2. Check pipe ends: Pipe must be free from indentations, projections, or roll marks on exterior from the end to the groove, to assure a leak tight seat for the gasket.

4.8.3. Check gasket and lubricate: Apply a thin coat of silicone lubricant to gasket lips and outside of gasket. Install gasket: Place gasket over pipe end, being sure gasket lip does not overhang pipe ends.

4.8.4. Join pipe ends: Align and bring two pipe ends together and slide gasket into position centered between the grooves on each pipe. No portion of the gasket should extend into the groove on either pipe.

4.8.5. Install housing: Place housing over gasket, being sure the housing keys engage into the grooves.

4.8.6. Install nuts: Insert bolts and finger tighten nuts. 4.8.7. Tighten nuts: Tighten nuts alternately and equally until housing bolt pads are firmly

together - metal-to-metal. Excessive nut tightening is not necessary. Note: Uneven tightening may cause gasket to pinch.

4.8.8. Contact VICTAULIC(phone 610-559-3300), for suggested torque specifications. 9B-6 of 8

mark

Line

mark

Line

.

Nozzle

Number 30º 60º 20 PSI 40 PSI 60 PSI 100 PSI 150 PSI 250 PSI 500 PSI 1000 PSI

1.0 626.362.1F.37 626.364.1F.37 0.14 0.20 0.24 0.31 0.38 0.49 0.69 0.98

1.2 --- 626.404.1F.37 0.22 0.31 0.38 0.49 0.60 0.78 1.10 1.55

1.5 --- 626.464.1F.37 0.31 0.44 0.54 0.69 0.85 1.10 1.55 2.20

1.5 626.482.1F.37 --- 0.35 0.50 0.61 0.79 0.96 1.24 1.76 2.48

2.0 626.562.1F.37 626.564.1F.37 0.55 0.77 0.95 1.22 1.50 1.94 2.74 3.87

2.5 626.642.1F.37 626.644.1F.37 0.88 1.24 1.52 1.96 2.41 3.11 4.39 ---

3.0 626.722.1F.37 626.724.1F.37 1.39 1.96 2.40 3.10 3.80 4.90 6.94 ---

4.0 --- 626.804.1F.37 2.19 3.10 3.80 4.90 6.01 7.75 10.97 ---

5.0 --- 626.884.1F.37 3.49 4.94 6.04 7.80 9.56 12.34 17.45 ---

6.0 --- 626.964.1F.37 5.48 7.76 9.50 12.26 15.02 19.39 27.42 ---

7.0 --- 626.004.1F.37 6.91 9.77 11.97 15.46 18.93 24.44 34.56 ---

8.0 --- 626.044.1F.37 8.78 12.41 15.20 19.62 24.03 31.03 43.88 ---

Nozzle Codes for

Number Ordering (0º) 20 PSI 40 PSI 60 PSI 100 PSI 150 PSI 250 PSI 500 PSI 1000 PSI

0.7 626.290.1F.37 --- 0.06 0.09 0.10 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.30 0.43

0.8 626.320.1F.37 --- 0.09 0.13 0.15 0.20 0.24 0.31 0.44 0.63

1.0 626.360.1F.37 --- 0.14 0.20 0.24 0.31 0.38 0.49 0.69 0.98

1.2 626.390.1F.37 --- 0.20 0.28 0.34 0.44 0.54 0.70 0.99 1.40

1.5 626.460.1F.37 --- 0.31 0.43 0.53 0.68 0.84 1.08 1.53 2.17

2.0 626.570.1F.37 --- 0.58 0.82 1.01 1.30 1.59 2.06 2.91 4.12

2.5 626.620.1F.37 --- 0.79 1.12 1.37 1.77 2.16 2.79 3.95 5.58

3.0 626.670.1F.37 --- 1.04 1.47 1.80 2.33 2.85 3.68 5.21 7.37

effective May 24, 2001

Flow Rate (Gallons per Minute)

Product codes for Ordering Flow Rate (Gallons per Minute)

Table 1

Solid Stream Nozzles (Needle Jet)

Flat Fan Nozzles

Note: If retaining plug is replaced with plug and patch coating, installation of retaining ring is not necessary. 9B-7 of 8

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Rectangle

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

626.484.1F.37

mark

Line

mark

Line

rajeevr

Text Box

9B-8 of 8

mark

Line

Section Nine C

9C-1 of 27

RX..DT../DV..

R..DRE../DRP RF..DT../DV..

R..R..DT../DV..

RM..DT../DV..

Parallel Helical Gear Units

USCS 0102 37 9C-2 of 27

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

ROTARY DRUM DRIVE GEARMOTOR Provided: Sew Eurodrive Model R77DRP112M4/DH SEW Eurodrive R77 Gear Reducer, Position M1 SEW Eurodrive DRP112M4/DH Motor, NEMA Premium Eff., Inverter Duty Rated Severe Duty Application (IP66)

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

GENERAL��

�� !�� !�� "�#�� $�� #��

LUBRICANTS�� #�� %�� &�� #�� '�

LONG TERM STORAGE(� �� (� �� &�� #� �� )�� %��

*�� #��

INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS ON DRIVE SHAFTS*� �� "�� +� �� &�� ,-./� 0#�� 1�� #�� +� ��

�� 2�� %��

�� #��

�� 3�� &�� &�� #� �� &�� 4�� &�� #�� &�� (� �� &� �� &��&��

SHAFT MOUNTED REDUCERS�� #�� #�� #�� !�� #�� #�� #��#��

Warning! ��

�� 2�� %�� ! ��!��

INSTALLATION AND OPERATION��5

• ��#�67/2�0,76/�1�

• 8��#��

• ��

• ��%�� !�� !�

�3��

�� 2�� 9�� #�� &��5

• �� :��;7��<�7�776��

• �� :��;7�<�7�77;��

"�� #� �� $�� # #� %��#�� #� �� #�%��& ��%%�� #�%��#�� '()* +, -,'./,� 0"�� 1� (� �� !�� =�� 0�� 1 �� #�� #�� #�� &�� >-� 8�� '7 �� >7 ��

�� #� �� %��

=�� 2�� %�� 2� �� 0-� "�3� ��)� ��1 ��

MAINTENANCEWarning! �� 4�� %� �� #� �� %�� ?�� %�� !�� @�� '� 2��! �� %�� A��

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

01 805 52 USGearmotors and Gear Reducers

�� ,

�� !�� "#

SOUTHEAST MANUFACTURING& ASSEMBLY CENTER1295 Old Spartanburg Hwy, Lyman, SC 29365(864) 439-7537 Fax: (864) 439-7830

MIDWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER2001 West Main Street, Troy, OH 45373(937) 335-0036 Fax: (937) 222-4104

WEST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER30599 San Antonio Road, Hayward, CA 94544(510) 487-3560 Fax: (510) 487-6381

SOUTHWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER3950 Platinum Way, Dallas, TX 75237(214) 330-4824 Fax: (214) 330-4724

EAST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER200 High Hill Road, Bridgeport, NJ 08014(856) 467-2277 Fax: (856) 330-47249C-3 of 27

Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010 191

9

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

R..DRE/DRS [HP]R..DRE/DRS

9

3.0 2.83.13.54.04.65.46.06.8

6140055300479004180037600319002870025100

629560490428381323291255

1250012700130001320013300135001350013600

1.151.301.501.701.902.22.52.8

RRFRM

137R77137R77137R77

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

680740980

275275275

3.13.43.84.65.15.8

567005190045400376003380029500

564517453376339297

127001290013100133001340013500

1.251.351.551.902.12.4

RRFRM

137R77137R77137R77

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

660710960

275275275

4.75.46.16.98.19.3

363003180027900247002090018300

369323285253214187

685073707730799081708250

1.051.201.351.551.802.1

RRFRM

107R77107R77107R77

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

495510700

275275275

4.65.46.16.87.99.010

37800325002830025500219001910017200

377325284256220193172

6650729077007930813082208280

1.001.151.351.501.752.002.2

RRFRM

107R77107R77107R77

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

480495690

275275275

7.07.48.3

246002300020600

249234209

503052805610

1.101.151.30

RRFRM

97R5797R5797R57

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

335370485

275275275

7.6 22800 227 5310 1.15 RRFRM

97R5797R5797R57

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

325365480

275275275

6.97.68.510111214

26900246002170018400170001510013600

251.15229.95203.16172.34158.68141.83127.68

7820800081408240828083308360

1.401.551.752.12.22.52.8

RRFRM

107107107

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

410425620

267268268

8.09.310121415171921

2310019900182001610013500124001100099008900

216.28186.30170.02150.78126.75116.48103.4492.4883.15

526056805880607062006240628063206280

1.151.351.451.651.952.12.42.73.0

RRFRM

979797

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

280320430

265266266

14151719212427293336

13300126001110010000877077706820646056505090

124.97118.43*103.6593.3881.9272.5763.68*60.35*52.8247.58

3860398042004340446044904490449044904370

1.001.101.251.351.551.752.02.12.42.7

RRFRM

878787

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

190205270

262263263

263033384047526069

704061705570490046303940358031002700

65.7757.6852.0745.8143.2636.8333.4729.0025.23

228024502560265026902750268025802480

1.051.151.301.501.551.852.02.32.6

RRFRM

777777

DREDREDRE

100L4100L4100L4

130145200

259260260

Pm[HP]

na[rpm]

Ta[lb-in]

i FRa1)

[lb]SEW fB m

[lbs]

9C-4 of 27

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

DRP 112M4


9

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

R..[in]R..DRE/DRS

9

(→ 125) DR63.. DR71S DR71M DR80S DR80M DR90M DR90L DR112M DR100L/LC DR132S DR132M/MC DR160..AC 5.20 5.47 5.47 6.14 6.14 7.05 7.05 8.70 7.76 8.70 8.70 10.63AD 4.13 4.69 4.69 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.51 6.69 6.18 6.69 6.69 8.98ADS 4.13 5.08 5.08 5.47 5.47 5.91 5.91 6.22 6.22 6.77 6.77 8.98L 18.82 19.25 20.24 20.59 21.81 21.89 22.68 25.67 25.04 26.73 28.70 30.31LS 20.98 21.93 22.91 23.78 25.00 25.55 26.34 27.52 28.70 31.14 33.11 35.71LB 7.01 7.44 8.43 8.78 10.00 10.08 10.87 13.86 13.23 14.92 16.89 18.50LBS 9.17 10.12 11.10 11.97 13.19 13.74 14.53 15.71 16.89 19.33 21.30 23.90

9C-5 of 27

mark

Cross-Out

mark

Cross-Out

mark

Cross-Out

mark

Cross-Out

mark

Cross-Out

mark

Cross-Out

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

Page 5Page 5 9C-6 of 27

Mounting positions for helical geared motors

R17-R167

* → page 11

270˚

0˚

90˚

180˚ 1

2

3

*

R47 R57

R17, R27

R17, R27

R47, R57

M5

M4

M5

M1, M3 , M5 , M6

M1

M3

R17

M6

*M2

0˚

270˚90˚

180˚

0˚180˚

0˚

90˚270˚

0˚

0˚

0˚

x

xx x

x

x

x

x

x

x

xx

x

x

Mounting Positions

12 USCS 01029C-7 of 27

mark

Line

mark

Text Box



Page 9Page 9

9

��

Lubricant tableLubricants

Lubricant table

��

9C-10 of 27

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

Gear Unit

Mounting Position

M1 1) M2 1) M3 2) M4 M5 2) M6 2)

Gallons Liters Gallons Liters Gallons Liters Gallons Liters Gallons Liters Gallons Liters

RX57 0.16 0.6 0.21 0.8 0.34 1.3 0.34 1.3 0.24 0.9 0.24 0.9

RX67 0.21 0.8 0.21 0.8 0.45 1.7 0.50 1.9 0.29 1.1 0.29 1.1

RX77 0.29 1.1 0.40 1.5 0.69 2.6 0.71 2.7 0.42 1.6 0.42 1.6

RX87 0.45 1.7 0.66 2.5 1.27 4.8 1.27 4.8 0.77 2.9 0.77 2.9

RX97 0.55 2.1 0.90 3.4 1.96 7.4 1.85 7 1.27 4.8 1.27 4.8

RX107 1.03 3.9 1.48 5.6 3.06 11.6 3.14 11.9 2.03 7.7 2.03 7.7

RXF57 0.13 0.5 0.21 0.8 0.29 1.1 0.29 1.1 0.18 0.7 0.18 0.7

RXF67 0.18 0.7 0.21 0.8 0.40 1.5 0.45 1.7 0.26 1 0.26 1

RXF77 0.24 0.9 0.40 1.5 0.63 2.4 0.66 2.5 0.42 1.6 0.42 1.6

RXF87 0.42 1.6 0.66 2.5 1.29 4.9 1.24 4.7 0.77 2.9 0.77 2.9

RXF97 0.55 2.1 0.95 3.6 1.88 7.1 1.85 7 1.27 4.8 1.27 4.8

RXF107 0.82 3.1 1.56 5.9 2.96 11.2 2.77 10.5 1.90 7.2 1.90 7.2

R17/R17F 0.07 0.25 0.16 0.6 0.09 0.35 0.16 0.6 0.09 0.35 0.09 0.35

R27/R27F0.07

(0.11)0.25(0.4) 0.18 0.7 0.11 0.4 0.18 0.7 0.11 0.4 0.11 0.4

R37/R37F 0.08(0.26)

0.3(1) 0.24 0.9 0.26 1 0.29 1.1 0.21 0.8 0.26 1

R47/R47F0.18

(0.40)0.7

(1.5) 0.42 1.6 0.40 1.5 0.45 1.7 0.40 1.5 0.40 1.5

R57/R57F0.21

(0.45)0.8

(1.7) 0.50 1.9 0.45 1.7 0.55 2.1 0.45 1.7 0.45 1.7

R67/R67F0.29

(0.61)1.1

(2.3)0.69

(0.92)2.6

(3.5) 0.74 2.8 0.85 3.2 0.48 1.8 0.53 2

R77/R77F0.32

(0.79)1.2(3)

1.00(1.14)

3.8(4.3) 0.95 3.6 1.14 4.3 0.66 2.5 0.90 3.4

R87/R87F 0.61(1.59)

2.3(6)

1.77(2.22)

6.7(8.4) 1.90 7.2 2.03 7.7 1.66 6.3 1.72 6.5

R97 1.22(2.59)

4.6(9.8)

3.09(3.70)

11.7(14) 3.09 11.7 3.54 13.4 2.99 11.3 3.09 11.7

R107 1.59(3.62)

6(13.7) 4.31 16.3 4.46 16.9 5.07 19.2 3.49 13.2 4.20 15.9

R137 2.64(6.61)

10(25) 7.40 28 7.79 29.5 8.32 31.5 6.61 25 6.61 25

R147 4.07(10.57)

15.4(40) 12.29 46.5 12.68 48 13.74 52 10.44 39.5 10.83 41

R167 7.13(18.49)

27(70) 21.66 82 20.61 78 23.25 88 17.44 66 18.23 69

RF17 0.07 0.25 0.16 0.6 0.09 0.35 0.16 0.6 0.09 0.35 0.09 0.35

RF27 0.07(0.11)

0.25(0.4) 0.18 0.7 0.11 0.4 0.18 0.7 0.11 0.4 0.11 0.4

RF37 0.11(0.26)

0.4(1) 0.24 0.9 0.26 1 0.29 1.1 0.21 0.8 0.26 1

RF47 0.18(0.40)

0.7(1.5) 0.42 1.6 0.40 1.5 0.45 1.7 0.40 1.5 0.40 1.5

RF/RM57 0.21(0.45)

0.8(1.7) 0.48 1.8 0.45 1.7 0.53 2 0.45 1.7 0.45 1.7

RF/RM67 0.32(0.66)

1.2(2.5)

0.71(0.95)

2.7(3.6) 0.71 2.7 0.82 3.1 0.50 1.9 0.55 2.1

RF/RM77 0.32(0.69)

1.2(2.6)

1.00(1.08)

3.8(4.1) 0.87 3.3 1.08 4.1 0.63 2.4 0.79 3

RF/RM870.63

(1.59)2.4(6)

1.8(2.09)

6.8(7.9) 1.88 7.1 2.03 7.7 1.66 6.3 1.69 6.4

RF/RM971.35

(2.69)5.1

(10.2)3.14

(3.70)11.9(14) 2.96 11.2 3.70 14 2.96 11.2 3.12 11.8

RF/RM1071.66

(3.94)6.3

(14.9) 4.20 15.9 4.49 17 5.07 19.2 3.46 13.1 4.20 15.9

RF/RM1372.51

(6.61)9.5(25) 7.13 27 7.66 29 8.59 32.5 6.61 25 6.61 25

RF/RM147 4.33(11.10)

16.4(42) 12.42 47 12.68 48 13.74 52 11.10 42 11.10 42

RF/RM1676.87

(18.49)26

(70) 21.66 82 20.61 78 23.25 88 17.17 65 18.76 71

1) On compound gear units the primary (larger) gear unit is provided with the oil quantity in parenthesis.

2) On compound gear units having mounting positions M3, M5, or M6 the secondary (smaller) gear unit is provided with the oil filling of the M1 flanged mounting position.

The approximate lubricant in US gallons and liters per mounting position is as follows:

Technical DataLubrication

USCS 0102 159 9C-11 of 27

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

Ð¿®¬ Ô·¬ ðï îëî ðê çêØ»´·½¿´ ¹»¿® «²·¬ ÛÒ Ð¿¹» ï ñ íÎéé ÛÙ ðìòðëòîððç

É¸»² ±®¼»®·²¹ °¿®» °¿®¬ ¿´©¿§ ¯«±¬» ²¿³»°´¿¬» ¼¿¬¿ ©·¬¸ »®·¿´ ²«³¾»® ¿²¼ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² ©·¬¸ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ÿÓ±«²¬ó±² ¹»¿® «²·¬ ¸¿ª» ³±¬±®ô ª¿®·¿¾´» °»»¼ ¹»¿® «²·¬ ±® °»½·¿´ ·²°«¬ ¸¿º¬ ¿»³¾´·» ³±«²¬»¼ ±² ¬¸» ¼®·ª» »²¼ò Ú±® °¿®¬ »»¿°°®±°®·¿¬» °¿®¬ ´·¬ò

Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ®»»®ª»¼ÿ ß´´ ®·¹¸¬ ®»»®ª»¼ ¿½½±®¼·²¹ ¬± Ü×Ò ×ÍÑ ïêðïêò

ÍÛÉóÛËÎÑÜÎ×ÊÛ Ù³¾Ø ú Ý± ÕÙ Ð±¬º¿½¸ íðîí Üóéêêìî Þ®«½¸¿´ Ì»´ò øðéîëï÷ éëóð Ú¿¨ øðéîëï÷ éëóïçéð ¸¬¬°æññ©©©ò»©ò¼»

9C-12 of 27

Ð¿®¬ Ô·¬ ðï îëî ðê çêØ»´·½¿´ ¹»¿® «²·¬ ÛÒ Ð¿¹» î ñ íÎéé ÛÙ ðìòðëòîððç

É¸»² ±®¼»®·²¹ °¿®» °¿®¬ ¿´©¿§ ¯«±¬» ²¿³»°´¿¬» ¼¿¬¿ ©·¬¸ »®·¿´ ²«³¾»® ¿²¼ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² ©·¬¸ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ÿÓ±«²¬ó±² ¹»¿® «²·¬ ¸¿ª» ³±¬±®ô ª¿®·¿¾´» °»»¼ ¹»¿® «²·¬ ±® °»½·¿´ ·²°«¬ ¸¿º¬ ¿»³¾´·» ³±«²¬»¼ ±² ¬¸» ¼®·ª» »²¼ò Ú±® °¿®¬ »»¿°°®±°®·¿¬» °¿®¬ ´·¬ò



Ò±ò Ü»½®·°¬·±² ß¼¼·¬·±²¿´ °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ÍÛÉ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ´¿¾»´ Ð¿®¬ Ò±ò Ï¬§òï Ð·²·±² ö ïî Ù»¿® ö ïí Ð·²·±² ¸¿º¬ ö ïì Ù»¿® ö ïë Ð·²·±² ¸¿º¬ ö ïê Ù»¿® ö ïé Ñ«¬°«¬ ¸¿º¬ H ìð¨èð ³³ ðêìïïììì ïé Ñ«¬°«¬ ¸¿º¬ ¬¿·²´»å ßÍÛÐÌ×Ý°´« H ìð¨èð ³³ ððìëîëèð ïé Ñ«¬°«¬ Í¸¿º¬ ø·²½¸÷ H ïôêîë¨íôïë ·²ò ðêìïïìëî ïè Õ»§ Ü×Òêèèë ßïî¨è¨éðóÝìëÕ ððïððíìÈ ïè Õ»§ ¬¿·²´»å ßÍÛÐÌ×Ý°´« Ü×Òêèèë ßïî¨è¨éðóÒ·®± ïíîîèîîê ïè Õ»§ ø·²½¸÷ Éìïçð íñè¨íñè¨îóïñì ×Òò ðèðêçîìé ïç Ñ·´ »¿´ Éìëêð ÞßóÍÚëî¨ïðð¨ïðñéóÒÞÎ ððïééèìç ïç Ñ·´ »¿´ ±°¬·±²¿´ ±·´ »¿´ ·² Ê·¬±²±°¬·±²¿´ ±·´ »¿´ ·²

ÚÕÓ øÊ·¬±²÷å ßÌÛÈ ³±¼»´ ¿½½±®¼·²¹ ¬±½¿¬»¹±®§ ××îÙô ××îÜô ××íÙô ××íÜåßÍÛÐÌ×Ý°´«

Éìëêï ÞßóÍÚëî¨ïðð¨ïðñéóÚÕÓ ððïéèîìï ï

ïð Ñ·´ »¿´ Ü±«¾´» »¿´·²¹å ßÌÛÈ ³±¼»´ ¿½½±®¼·²¹ ¬±½¿¬»¹±®§ ××îÙô ××îÜô ××íÙô ××íÜåßÍÛÐÌ×Ý°´«

Éìëêî ÞïóÍÚëî¨çì¨èñïïôëóÚÕÓ ððïéìîçé ï

ïï Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêîë êíðçóÆóÖ ððïðëîêð ïïï Í°¸»®·½¿´ ®±´´»® ¾»¿®·²¹ Î»·²º±®½»¼ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêíëóï îïí ðçÛ ððïïðçïì ïïî Ý·®½´·° Ü×Òìéî ïðð¨í ððïðíîéê ïïé Í°¿½»® ¬«¾» Hìê¨Hëë¨íéôé ³³ ðêìïïðíé ïïç Õ»§ Ü×Òêèèë Þïì¨ç¨ìðóëëØÎÝ ððïððêðç ïîð Þ®»¿¬¸»® ª¿´ª» Éìðèé Óïî¨ïôëóÝ«Æ² ððïíðíïï ïîð Þ®»¿¬¸»® ª¿´ª» ¬¿·²´»å ßÍÛÐÌ×Ý°´«å Éìðèé Óïî¨ïôëóÒ×ÎÑ ððïíêîìé ïîî Ù»¿® Ø±«·²¹ ðêìïïïïè ïîí Í«°°±®¬·²¹ ¼·½ Ü×Òçèè Íìð¨ëð¨îôëóÚÍÌ ððïðíëîé ïîì Ô·º¬·²¹ »§» ¾±´¬ Ü×Òëèð Óïð ððïðîîçê ïîë Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêîë êîðè ððïðìçðê ïîë Ý§´·²¼®·½¿´ ®±´´»® ¾»¿®·²¹ Î»·²º±®½»¼ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òëìïî ÒËÐ îðèÛ ððïíêçéî ïîç Í»¿´·²¹ ½±³°±«²¼ ðçïðîëëè È÷íð Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêîë êíðì ððïðëðèî ïíï Õ»§ Ü×Òêèèë Þè¨é¨ïèóëëØÎÝ ððïíìèëê ïíî Í°¿½»® ¬«¾» Hîëôê¨Híð¨îéôë ³³ ðêìïïðìë ïíì Ý§´·²¼®·½¿´ ®±´´»® ¾»¿®·²¹ Éìîíë ÍÕÚñÞÝïóðíïî ððïíêçëê ïíé Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêîë êíðì ððïðëðèî ïíé Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ñ²´§ º±® ³±«²¬·²¹ °±·¬·±² Óî Ü×Òêîë êíðìóÆóÖ ððïðëîïÈ ïíç Ý·®½´·° Ü×Òìéî ëî¨î ððïðíïçë ïìï Ý·®½´·° Ü×Òìéî ìé¨ïôéë ððïðíïèé ïìî Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêîë êíðíóÖ ððïðëðéì ïìí Õ»§ Ü×Òêèèë Þê¨ê¨ïîóëëØÎÝ ððïíìèíÈ ïìë Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêîë êíðíóÖ ððïðëðéì ïìé Ý·®½´·° Ü×Òìéî ìé¨ïôéë ððïðíïèé ïëç Í½®»© °´«¹ Éìðèë Óïî¨ïôëóÍÌóßîÔ ððïïìíðè ëèí Ò·´± ®·²¹ Î»·²º±®½»¼ ¾»¿®·²¹ Éìëèë êíðç ßÊ ððïðéîïî ïèè Ý·®½´·° Ü×Òìéï ìð¨ïôéë ððïðîèíð ïïðð Ù»¿®½¿» ½±ª»® ðêìïîëìè ïïðï Ø»¨ ¸»¿¼ ½®»© ×ÍÑìðïé Óê¨ïêóèòè ððïðïðëî èïðî Ù¿µ»¬ ðêìíëðëÈ ïïíï Ý´±·²¹ ½¿° Éìíðð ëî¨é ððïîììíë ïïèï Ý´±·²¹ ½¿° Éìíðð îì¨é ððïîìììí ï

ö Ù»¿®·²¹ °¿®¬ ¸¿ª» »³¾±»¼ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ò Ì¸»» ³«¬ ¿´©¿§ ¾» ¯«±¬»¼ÿÈ÷ ·º ®»¯«·®»¼

9C-13 of 27

mark

Line

mark

Line

Ð¿®¬ Ô·¬ ðï îëî ðê çêØ»´·½¿´ ¹»¿® «²·¬ ÛÒ Ð¿¹» í ñ íÎéé ÛÙ ðìòðëòîððç

É¸»² ±®¼»®·²¹ °¿®» °¿®¬ ¿´©¿§ ¯«±¬» ²¿³»°´¿¬» ¼¿¬¿ ©·¬¸ »®·¿´ ²«³¾»® ¿²¼ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² ©·¬¸ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ÿÓ±«²¬ó±² ¹»¿® «²·¬ ¸¿ª» ³±¬±®ô ª¿®·¿¾´» °»»¼ ¹»¿® «²·¬ ±® °»½·¿´ ·²°«¬ ¸¿º¬ ¿»³¾´·» ³±«²¬»¼ ±² ¬¸» ¼®·ª» »²¼ò Ú±® °¿®¬ »»¿°°®±°®·¿¬» °¿®¬ ´·¬ò



Ò±ò Ü»½®·°¬·±² ß¼¼·¬·±²¿´ °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ÍÛÉ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ´¿¾»´ Ð¿®¬ Ò±ò Ï¬§òëðê Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè ìî¨ëî¨ðôïóÍÌ ððïðíéëê È÷ëðé Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè ìî¨ëî¨ðôíóÍÌ ððïðíççí È÷ëðè Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè ìî¨ëî¨ðôëóÍÌ ððïîðìïí È÷ëïë Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè íé¨ìé¨ðôïóÍÌ ððïðíéíÈ È÷ëïê Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè íé¨ìé¨ðôíóÍÌ ððïðíçéé È÷ëïé Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè íé¨ìé¨ðôëóÍÌ ððïîíìðì È÷ëîï Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè ìð¨ëð¨ðôïóÍÌ ððïðíéìè È÷ëîî Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè ìð¨ëð¨ðôíóÍÌ ððïðíçèë È÷ëîí Í¸·³ Ü×Òçèè ìð¨ëð¨ðôëóÍÌ ððïîíìêí È÷

È÷ ·º ®»¯«·®»¼

9C-14 of 27

��

8

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Designs

Technical Data and Dimension Sheets for AC Motors

�

Catalog8 Technical Data and Dimension Sheets for AC Motors

8.1 Designs

50914AXX

��

� ��

� ��

9C-15 of 27

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

��

!�� "�� #�� $�� $�� %�� &�� '

�� ()*+ ,-)(*!.�

/� ��

��

��0�� 1��

&�� &�� 2��'

3� �� 2 �� -45*! �� &� � � �� #� �� 6��

&��

&� �� 1�� 2�� 2 �� 2�� 7�� 2�� 2 �� #� �� 2�� 2�� 2 ��

#� �� #� �� 5))8 ,�� . ��

�� &��

�� -))) 2 8�,�� 8

�9 :;)8 +' %

��:;)))) �� 9

)�:;< ��.� #� �� ,�� 2�� 2 �� =)*+ �� 2 � �� + �� -)> �� 8

��

�� .� +�� :)> �� =)*+� &�� 5))))) 9 )�5< ��

�� 3�� 2 ��

��

&�� 0�� + �� (;) �� 0�� 2� !��

� �� 1�� #� �� !�� 0�� !�� 0 �� 0�� #� � �� ,�� . � �� <�� 2�� #� ��

�� 2 �� 2� &��

�� &�� 0��

��

��

�� !"��

��#�� $� ��% ��&' �� !" �� #

��#(�� &' ��# $%�� &��'�%%�( )* �� #�� !" �� #��

��)(�� &' ��##� &+( ,�� ++�)-� .� �� ##�� !" �� #�

�� &' ��## �� %% /-�0�1�0�+�- 23 #�#�� !" ��

(�� &' ��#�� 4�-��- /-�0��0 �4 ��#� ��# �!" ��#� ��

9C-16 of 27


14Key to the data tablesAC Brakemotors – Technical Data

14

Price Catalog14 AC Brakemotors – Technical Data14.1 Key to the data tables

The following table lists the short symbols used in the "Technical Data DR AC Brake-motors" tables.

PN Rated power

TN Rated torque

nN Rated speed

IN Rated current

cosϕ Power factor

�100% Efficiency at 100% of the rated power

IA/IN Starting current ratio

TA/TN Starting torque ratio

TH/TN Ramp-up torque ratio

Code Letter NEMA code letter

JMot Mass moment of inertia of the motor

JMot_BE Mass moment of inertia of the brakemotor

BE.. Standard brake size

Z0 BG Switching frequency for operation with BG brake controller

Z0 BGE Switching frequency for operation with BGE brake controller

TB Standard brake torque

m Mass of the motor

m_BE Mass of the brakemotor

9C-17 of 27

694 Catalog – DRE-GM 01/2010

14 Technical data of 4-pole preminum efficiency motorsAC Brakemotors – Technical Data

14.5 Technical data of 4-pole preminum efficiency motors

1800 rpm - S1

US DoE CC056A applies to DRE, DRP and DVE motors

Motor type

PNTN

nNIN

cosϕ �100% IA/INTA/TN

TH/TN

Code Letter JMot m

230V 460V 575V

[HP][lb-in] [rpm] [A] [%]1) [10-3 lb-ft2] [lb]2)

DRP90M4 136.3 1750 2.9 1.46 1.17 0.76 85.5 7.8 3.6

3.2 L 84.3 40.5

DRP90L4 1.553.1 1740 4.15 2.05 1.66 0.77 86.5 7.7 3.5

2.8 K 103 47.4

DRP90L4 272.6 1740 5.7 2.85 2.25 0.77 86.5 7.5 3.4

3.0 K 103 47.4

DRP112M4 3105 1765 7.5 3.75 3 0.82 89.5 8.6 2.5

1.9 K 346 91.5

DRP132S4 5177 1765 12.4 6.2 4.95 0.83 90.2 8.6 2.4

2.1 K 451 102

DRP160S4 7.5261 1775 18.5 9.3 7.4 0.81 91.7 8.9 3.4

2.5 K 878 176

DRP160S4 10358 1770 25 12.6 10.1 0.82 91.7 8.1 3.1

2.3 K 878 176

DRP160M4 12.5438 1770 30.5 15.4 12.3 0.82 91.7 8.2 3.5

2.6 K 1068 196

DRP160MC4 15522 1780 37 18.4 14.7 0.81 92.4 8.9 3.3

2.5 K 1401 207

DRP180M4 20717 1775 47 23.5 18.8 0.86 93.0 7.9 2.9

2.1 J 2636 304

DRP180L4 25885 1775 58 29 23.5 0.85 93.6 8.2 3

2.4 J 3087 335

DRP180LC4 301044 1780 69 34.5 27.5 0.86 93.6 8.8 3.2

2.6 K 3990 355

DRP225S4 401425 1782 95 47.5 38 0.84 94.1 8.3 3.3

2.5 J 6958 639

DRP225M4 501752 1783 118 59 47 0.84 94.5 8.6 3.4

2.4 K 8146 694

1) Efficiency levels according to IEC 60034-2-1 Ed. 1 (2007) / PLL from Residual Losses, NEMA MG1 and/or DoE2) Applies for foot-mounted motor (DRP.../FL..)

9C-18 of 27

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

AC Motors

MOTOR DATA SHEET

Equipment Driver

Motor Manufacturer Sew-Eurodrive

Motor Type/Frame DRP112M4/DH

Shop Painting (low sheen metallic gray) Emulsion pigmented w/ alloy 316 SS flake

Horsepower 3.0 HP

Full Load Speed 1765 RPM

Enclosure TEFC

Volts/Phase/Hertz 230/460 / 3 / 60

Service Factor 1.15

NEMA Design Code A

Insulation Class F

Ambient Temperature °C 40 °C

Temperature Rise Class B

Efficiency Type NEMA Premium (IE3)

Efficiency % 89.5%

Power Factor 0.82Features Severe Duty Protection (IP66), Inverter

Rated

Full Load Amps 7.5 / 3.75

Full Load Torque 105.0 LB-IN

Locked Rotor Amp Ratio % 859%

Locked Rotor Code KVA/HP K

Locked Rotor Torque Ratio % 250%

Load Condition 100% 75% 50% 25%

Efficiency% @ 89.6% 89.6% 88.7% 83.0%

Power Factor @ 0.82 0.77 0.67 0.46

9C-19 of 27

ïïè MOT1 � AC Motors

7 Dimension sheets for DR. AC motors [in]Dimension Sheets for DR. Series AC Motors/Brakemotors

9C-20 of 27

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

MOT1 � AC Motors íçç

16

1

2

3

25

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Basic Motor Connection DiagramsAppendix

16.2 Basic Motor Connection Diagrams

/ Connection (DR motor, R76)

Single-speed; direct on-line starting; 6 terminals for 2 voltages

ÅïÃ

ÅêÃ

ÊïÌî

ËïÌï

ÉïÌí

ÊîÌë

ËîÌì

ÉîÌê

ÊíÌè

ËíÌé

ÉíÌç

êè ðìí ÈÈ ðê ðï ðî

ÅîÃ

ÅíÃ ÔíÔîÔï

ÅîÃ

ÅíÃ ÔíÔîÔï

ÅìÃ ÅëÃ

ÉîÌê

ÊîÌë

ËîÌì

ÊïÌî

ËïÌï

ÉïÌí

ÊïñÊíÌîñÌè

ËïñËíÌïñÌé

ÉïñÉíÌíñÌç

ÉîñÉíÌêñÌç

ÊîñÊíÌëñÌè

ËîñËíÌìñÌé

êè ðìí ÈÈ ðê ðî ðí

¹²·¼²·©®±¬±ÓÃïÅÅîÃ Ó±¬±® ¬»®³·²¿´ ¾±¿®¼

¼¿»´§´°°«ÍÃíÅÅìÃ Ü±«¾´» Í¬¿®ó½±²²»½¬»¼ô ´±© ª±´¬¿¹»ÅëÃ Í¬¿®ó½±²²»½¬»¼ô ¸·¹¸ ª±´¬¿¹»ÅêÃ Í¬¿® °±·²¬ ½±²²»½¬»¼ ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ³±¬±®

Ì± ®»ª»®»æ ×²¬»®½¸¿²¹» î «°°´§´»¿¼ øÔïóÔî÷

9C-21 of 27

mark

Text Box

WH BR YL

mark

Text Box

WH BR YL

mark

Text Box

BK RD BL

mark

Text Box

WH BR YL

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Text Box

[5]

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Text Box

[4]

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Text Box

YL WH BR

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Text Box

WH/BK BR/RD YL/BL

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Text Box

[3]

mark

Text Box

[3]

mark

Text Box

WIRE (T1) IS WHITE (WH) WIRE (T2) IS BROWN (BR) WIRE (T3) IS YELLOW (YL) WIRE (T4) IS WHITE (WH) WIRE (T5) IS BROWN (BR) WIRE (T6) IS YELLOW (YL) WIRE (T7) IS BLACK (BK) WIRE (T8) IS RED (RD) WIRE (T9) IS BLUE (BL)

mark

Text Box

YL/BL WH/BK BR/RD

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

460 VAC

MOTOR TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDES

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Motor Overheats

(Check temperature withinstrumentation)

Motor not connected for proper supplyvoltage.

Check connection diagram on conduitbox cover and correct the wiring.

Supply voltage varies outside the allowabletolerance causing an undervoltage orovervoltage condition.

Assure correct supply voltage.

Insufficient cooling air volume due to:a. Low frequency operation on variable

frequency drive.b. Obstructed air flow.

Increase air flow:a. Continuous running auxiliary

fan.b. Ensure unobstructed air flow.

Ambient temperature is too high.Ensure cool air gets to the motor.Ducting may be required.

Overload at rated voltage. Unit will drawcurrent in excess of nameplate rating andrun below rated speed.

Select a larger unit.

Motor’s allowable duty cycle is exceeded(too many starts per hour required).

The problem may or may not be solvedwith a larger motor. Contact SEWEurodrive.

Single phasing due to break or looseconnection in supply line or blown fuse.

Repair supply lines.Replace fuses.

Motor does not run.

Blown fuse.Determine and correct cause of failureand replace fuse.

Motor protection device activated.Reset protective device. Identify andcorrect cause for device activation.

Motor protection device faulty or will notreset.

Check protection device for faults.

Motor will not start orstarts sluggishly.

Motor not connected for proper voltage.Check connection diagram in conduitbox cover and correct the wiring.

Large voltage and/or frequency fluctuationat starting.

Ensure stable power supply.

For reduced voltagestarting, motor will notstart in Star Connectionbut will start in DeltaConnection.

Insufficient torque in Star ConnectionStart motor directly in Delta Connectionif possible. Otherwise use a largermotor.

Faulty contact in Star/Delta starter. Correct fault condition.

Motor hums and drawshigh current.

Falulty or defective winding. Have motor repaired by qualifiedservice shop.Rotor dragging

Fuses blow or motor overcurrent protection tripsimmediately.

Short circuit in power supply conductors orin the motor.

Correct the fault condition.

Motor has ground fault or winding towinding short circuit.

Have motor repaired by qualifiedservice shop.

Motor improperly connected.Check connection diagram in conduitbox cover and correct the wiring.

Motor runs in the wrongdirection.

Motor supply leads misconnected. Switch two supply leads.

Note: If after proceeding through the Troubleshooting Chart the motor is found to be defective, contact yournearest SEW Eurodrive Asssembly Plant for warranty assistance or replacement parts.

9C-22 of 27

Ð¿®¬ Ô·¬ ðè îíð ðë ðêßÝ ³±¬±® ÛÒ Ð¿¹» ï ñ íÜÎòïïîÓóïíîÓÝñÚÙñÚÓñîÉñÝñßÔñÔÒñÆ ÛÓ ðìòðîòîðïðÙ»¿® «²·¬ ª»®·±²

É¸»² ±®¼»®·²¹ °¿®» °¿®¬ ¿´©¿§ ¯«±¬» ²¿³»°´¿¬» ¼¿¬¿ ©·¬¸ »®·¿´ ²«³¾»® ¿²¼ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² ©·¬¸ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ÿ



9C-23 of 27

Ð¿®¬ Ô·¬ ðè îíð ðë ðêßÝ ³±¬±® ÛÒ Ð¿¹» î ñ íÜÎòïïîÓóïíîÓÝñÚÙñÚÓñîÉñÝñßÔñÔÒñÆ ÛÓ ðìòðîòîðïðÙ»¿® «²·¬ ª»®·±²

É¸»² ±®¼»®·²¹ °¿®» °¿®¬ ¿´©¿§ ¯«±¬» ²¿³»°´¿¬» ¼¿¬¿ ©·¬¸ »®·¿´ ²«³¾»® ¿²¼ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² ©·¬¸ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ÿ



Ò±ò Ü»½®·°¬·±² ß¼¼·¬·±²¿´ °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ÍÛÉ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ´¿¾»´ Ð¿®¬ Ò±ò Ï¬§òï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïê ÜÎïïîÓì ïíéîðèçç ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïè ÜÎïïîÓì ïíéîðçïð ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïè ÜÎïíîÍì ïíéîðçîç ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïè ÜÎïíîÓì ïíéîíïïï ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îî ÜÎïíîÍì ïíéîðçíé ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îî ÜÎïíîÓì ïíéîðçìë ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îî ÜÎïíîÓÝì ïíéîïïçì ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îè ÜÎïíîÓÝì ïíéîðçëí ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïêå îÉ ïç¨ìð ÜÎïïîÓì ïíéîïðëì ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïèå îÉ ïç¨ìð ÜÎïïîÓì ïíéîïðêî ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïèå îÉ ïç¨ìð ÜÎïíîÍì ïíéîïðéð ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïèå îÉ ïç¨ìð ÜÎïíîÓì ïíéîíïíè ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îîå îÉ ïç¨ìð ÜÎïíîÍì ïíéîïðèç ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îîå îÉ ïç¨ìð ÜÎïíîÓì ïíéîïðçé ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îîå îÉ ïç¨ìð ÜÎïíîÓÝì ïíéîïîíî ïï Î±¬±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îèå îÉïç¨ìð ÜÎïíîÓÝì ïíéîïïïç ïî Ý·®½´·° º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïê Ü×Òìéï ïê¨ï ððïðîêèé ïî Ý·®½´·° º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïè Ü×Òìéï ïè¨ïôî ððïðîéðç ïî Ý·®½´·° º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îî Ü×Òìéï îî¨ïôî ððïðîéîë ïî Ý·®½´·° º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îè Ü×Òìéï îè¨ïôë ððïðîéêè ïí Õ»§ º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïê Ü×Òêèèëóï ßì¨ì¨ïè õÝ ððïïìíèí ïí Õ»§ º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïè Ü×Òêèèëóï ßì¨ì¨îð õÝ ððïðððíÈ ïí Õ»§ º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îî Ü×Òêèèëóï ßë¨ë¨îë õÝ ððïðððèð ïí Õ»§ º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îè Ü×Òêèèëóï ßê¨ê¨îè õÝ ððïððïìë ïì Õ»§ îÉ Ü×Òêèèëóï ßê¨ê¨íî õÝ ððïððïëí ïé Ú´¿²¹» º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ ïêñïèñîè ÚÙïíð Üïêð ïíêïïèéç ïé Ú´¿²¹» º±® °·²·±² ¸¿º¬ »²¼ îî ÚÙïíð Üïêð ïíêîïèíï ïé Ú´¿²¹» ÚÙïêë Üîðð ïíêïïèçë ïé Ú´¿²¹» ÚÙîïë Üîëð ïíêïîïðé ïé Ú´¿²¹» ÚÙîêë Üíðð ïíêïîïîí ïé Ú´¿²¹» ÚÙíðð Üíëð ïíêïîïëè ïé Ú´¿²¹» ÚÙíëð Üìðð ïíêïîïéì ïé Ú´¿²¹» ÚÙìðð Üìëð ïíêïîïçð ïç Í½®»© °´«¹ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙïíð Éìðèë Óïð¨ïóÍ¬óßÜÝíÕ ððïïìîêÈ ïç Í½®»© °´«¹ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙïêëô ÚÙîïë Éìðèë Óïî¨ïôëóÍ¬óßÜÝíÕ ððïïìíðè ïç Í½®»© °´«¹ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙîêëô ÚÙíððô ÚÙíëð Éìðèë Óîî¨ïôëóÍ¬óßÜÝíÕ ððïïìíïê ïç Í½®»© °´«¹ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙìðð Éìðèë Óíí¨îóÍ¬óßÜÝíÕ ððïïìíîì ïïð Ý·®½´·° Ü×Òìéï ìð¨ïôéë ððïðîèíð ïïï Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêîë êíðèóîÆóÖóÝíóÕðè ïíîíêëçè ïïî Ý·®½´·° Ü×Òìéî çð¨í ððïðíîêè ïïí Ó¿½¸·²» ½®»© ÜÎïïîÓ Éìðïè ÓèÈîíïóèòèóßÜÞí ïíîíçïëë ìïí Ó¿½¸·²» ½®»© ÜÎïíîÍ Éìðïè ÓèÈîêêóèòèóßÜÞí ïíîíçïêí ìïí Ó¿½¸·²» ½®»© ÜÎïíîÓõÓÝ Éìðïè ÓèÈíïêóèòèóßÜÞí ïíîíçïéï ìïê Í¬¿¬±® ö ïîî Ø»¨ ¸»¿¼ ½®»© ÛÒïêêë Óë¨ïðóèòèóßîÚ ïíîíéêïê ìîì Ô·º¬·²¹ »§» ¾±´¬ Ü×Òëèð ÓèóÝïëÛóßîÚ ððïïíðìî ïíð Ñ·´ »¿´ ©·¬¸ ×¬»³ ²±ò ççè É ÞßÑÚÍÚîéÈìéÈêñéóÒÞÎ ïíîêîðêè ïíð Ñ·´ »¿´ ©·¬¸ ×¬»³ ²±ò ççèå º±® îó°±´» ª»®·±² É ÞßÑÚÍÚîéÈìéÈêñéóÚÕÓ ïíîêîíéè ïíî Ý·®½´·° Éìïêð îí¨ïôî ïíîìéðéé ïíë Ú¿² Ù«¿®¼ ïíêïíëîç ïíë Ú¿² Ù«¿®¼ îÉ ïíêïéðìì ïíë Ú¿² Ù«¿®¼ ÔÒ ïíêïëçíç ïíê Ú¿² Üãïìð ïíêïìïîê ïíê Ú¿² Üãïçî ïíêïïéíç ïíê Ú¿² º±® îó°±´» ª»®·±² Üãïìð ïíêïìïîê ïíê ß´«³·²«³ º¿² ßÔ Üãïèê ïíêïììðï ï

ö ±®¼»®ó¼»°»²¼»²¬´§

9C-24 of 27

Ð¿®¬ Ô·¬ ðè îíð ðë ðêßÝ ³±¬±® ÛÒ Ð¿¹» í ñ íÜÎòïïîÓóïíîÓÝñÚÙñÚÓñîÉñÝñßÔñÔÒñÆ ÛÓ ðìòðîòîðïðÙ»¿® «²·¬ ª»®·±²

É¸»² ±®¼»®·²¹ °¿®» °¿®¬ ¿´©¿§ ¯«±¬» ²¿³»°´¿¬» ¼¿¬¿ ©·¬¸ »®·¿´ ²«³¾»® ¿²¼ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² ©·¬¸ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ÿ



Ò±ò Ü»½®·°¬·±² ß¼¼·¬·±²¿´ °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ÍÛÉ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ´¿¾»´ Ð¿®¬ Ò±ò Ï¬§òíê ß´«³·²«³ º¿² ßÔå º±® îó°±´» ª»®·±² Üãïìð ïíêîèíîï ïíê Ø·¹¸ ×²»®¬òÚ´§©¸»»´ Öãðôðïçé µ¹³n ïíêïìíìé ïíê Ø·¹¸ ×²»®¬òÚ´§©¸»»´ Öãðôîçí µ¹³n ïíêïììíê ïìï Û¯«¿´·¦·²¹ ®·²¹ Éìîëí êï¨éï¨ðôê ððïïëçïê ïìî Þ ¾»¿®·²¹ »²¼ ¸·»´¼ ïíêïìïèë ïìì Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ Ü×Òêîë êîðéóîÆóÖóÝíóÕðè ïíîíêêíê ïçð Þ»¼ °´¿¬» ÜÎïïîÓå ÚÓ Øãïïîå ß¨Þãïçð¨ïìð ïíêïìðìë ïçð Þ»¼ °´¿¬» ÜÎïíîÍå ÚÓïïîÓ Øãïïîå ß¨Þãïçð¨ïìð ïíêîïðêè ïçð Þ»¼ °´¿¬» ÜÎïíîÍå ÚÓ Øãïíîå ß¨Þãîïê¨ïìð ïíêïìíïî ïçð Þ»¼ °´¿¬» ÜÎïíîÓõÓÝå ÚÓ Øãïíîå ß¨Þãîïê¨ïéè ïíêïìðêï ïçí Ð¿² ¸»¿¼ ½®»© ÜÎïïîÓå ÚÓ Éìðìê Óê¨îðóÌÈóÍÌóßÜÞíóÙÓ ïíîíéïëî ìçí Í½®»© ÜÎïíîÍå ÚÓïïîÓ Éìðìî ÓÛóÓè¨îëóÌÈóßîÚóÙÓ ïíîéîéïí ìçí Ð¿² ¸»¿¼ ½®»© ÜÎïíîå ÚÓ Éìðìê Óè¨îîóÌÈóÍÌóßîÚóÙÓ ïíîêìïéê ì

ïðð Ø»¨¿¹±² ²«¬ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙïíð ×ÍÑìðíî ÓèóèóÍÌóßîÚ ððïðïççð ìïðð Ø»¨¿¹±² ²«¬ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙïêë ×ÍÑìðíî ÓïðóèóÍÌóßîÚ ððïðîððè ìïðð Ø»¨¿¹±² ²«¬ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙîïëô ÚÙîêë ×ÍÑìðíî ÓïîóèóÍÌóßîÚ ððïðîðïê ìïðð Ø»¨¿¹±² ²«¬ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙíðð ×ÍÑìðíî ÓïêóèóÍÌóßîÚ ððïðîðíî ìïðð Ø»¨¿¹±² ²«¬ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙíëðô ÚÙìðð ×ÍÑìðíî ÓïêóèóÍÌóßîÚ ððïðîðíî èïðí Í¬«¼ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙïíð Ü×Òçíç Óè¨îðóèòèóßîÚ ððïððéìç ìïðí Í¬«¼ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙïíð ¹»¿® «²·¬ ·¦» Éìé Ü×Òèíë Óè¨îðóèòèóßîÚóÓÊ ïíîêîëéî ìïðí Í¬«¼ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙïêë Ü×Òçíç Óïð¨îîóèòèóßîÚ ððïïèìëï ìïðí Í¬«¼ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙîïëô ÚÙîêë Ü×Òçíç Óïî¨íðóèòèóßîÚ ððïððèïï ìïðí Í¬«¼ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙíðð Ü×Òçíç Óïê¨íëóèòèóßîÚ ððïððèëì ìïðí Í¬«¼ º±® º´¿²¹» ÚÙíëðô ÚÙìðð Ü×Òçíç Óïê¨ìðóèòèóßîÚ ððïððèêî èïðì Í«°°±®¬·²¹ ¼·½ Ü×Òçèè Íìð¨ëð¨îôëóÚÍ¬ ððïðíëîé ïïðê Ñ·´ »¿´ Ü×Ò ßìð¨ëî¨éóÒÞÎ ððïðêîëç ïïðê Ñ·´ »¿´ º±® îó°±´» ª»®·±² Ü×Ò ßìðÈëîÈéóÚÕÓóÚÕÑ ïíîêïèïç ïïðé Ñ»´ º·²¹»® Éìîçï ìðóÍÌóßîÚ ððïïêêëí ïïðè Ò¿³»°´¿¬» ö ïïðç Ù®±±ª»¼ Ð·² ×ÍÑèéìê î¨ìóÈëÝÎÒ×ïèóïî ððïðéêìê îïïï Ù¿µ»¬ º±® ´±©»® °¿®¬ ðïíëëêíë ïïïî Ì»®³·²¿´ ¾±¨ ´±©»® °¿®¬ ï¨ Óíî¨ïôë å ï¨ Óïê¨ïôë ïíêïîèèí ïïïî Ì»®³·²¿´ ¾±¨ ´±©»® °¿®¬ ï¨ ÒÐÌ íñìþóïìå ï¨ ÒÐÌ ïñîþóïì ïíêïîçðë ïïïí Ð¿² ¸»¿¼ ½®»© °¿®¬ ·²½´«¼»¼ ·² ¬¿¬±® ½±³°´»¬» Éìðìê Óë¨ïêóÌÈóÍÆóÍÌóßîÚóÙÓ ððïíðëçï ïïïë Ì»®³·²¿´ Þ´±½µ °¿®¬ ·²½´«¼»¼ ·² ¬¿¬±® ½±³°´»¬» Éìéîí ÕÌÓë ððïïéêðç ïïïê Ì»®³·²¿´ ½´·° Ü×Òìêîèî ÝïðóÓÍóÊÒ ððïðììîê îïïé Ø»¨ ¸»¿¼ ½®»© Éìðìì Óë¨ïêóÍÌóßîÚóÙÓ ïíîíéïíê ïïïè Ô±½µ ©¿¸»® Ü×Òéçèð ëóÚÍÌóÊÒ ððïïèîðê ïïïç Ð¿² ¸»¿¼ ½®»© Éìðìê Óë¨ïêóÌÈóÍÆóÍÌóßîÚóÙÓ ððïíðëçï ìïîí Ø»¨ ¸»¿¼ ½®»© Éìðìì Óë¨ïêóÍÌóßîÚóÙÓ ïíîíéïíê ìïîç Í½®»© °´«¹ Éììïï Óíî¨ïôëóÚÍóÒÞÎóÑÆ ððïíïíçí ïïîç Í½®»© °´«¹ º±® ÒÐÌ ¬¸®»¿¼ íñìþ Éììïï ÓîëÈïôëóÚÍóÒÞÎóÑÆ ïíîëêíïç ïïíï Ù¿µ»¬ º±® ½±ª»® ðïíëëêîé ïïíî Ì»®³·²¿´ Þ±¨ Ý±ª»® ïíêïïéêí ïïíì Í½®»© °´«¹ Éììïï Óïê¨ïôëóÚÍóÒÞÎóÑÆ ððïíïííì ïïíì Í½®»© °´«¹ º±® ÒÐÌ ¬¸®»¿¼ ïñîþ Éììïï ÓîðÈïôëóÚÍóÒÞÎóÑÆ ïíîëêíðð ïïëê Î»º»®»²½» Ð´¿¬» º±® ÌÚ ª»®·±² Éììçç ó ÌÚ ðïíêêèïë ïîêî Ì»®³·²¿´ ½´·° ðïèîíïèí ïíçî Ù¿µ»¬ ïíéìïèèè ïêïï Ý´±·²¹ Ð·»½» ÜØ ïíêïèèêë öéðë Ð®±¬»½¬·±² ½¿²±°§ Ý ðïèéïèìê ïéðê Ü·¬¿²½» «°°±®¬ Ý ïíêïèëçè ìéðé Ð¿² ¸»¿¼ ½®»© Ý Éìðíê ÎÛÓÚÑÎÓ êôð¨íëóÌÈóÊÆ ïíîêîëçç ìççè Í§²¬¸»¬·½ ¹®»¿» º±® ×¬»³ ²±ò íð ðìçêíìëè È÷

ö ±®¼»®ó¼»°»²¼»²¬´§È÷ ·º ®»¯«·®»¼

9C-25 of 27

Ð¿®¬ Ô·¬ ðè îìí ðî ðéßÝ ³±¬±®ô ßÝ ¾®¿µ» ³±¬±® ÛÒ Ð¿¹» ï ñ îÜÎòéïóïíîñõÞÛ ÛÓ ðìòðîòîððç¿¼¼·¬·±²¿´ ´·¬ æ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêô ÕÍ

É¸»² ±®¼»®·²¹ °¿®» °¿®¬ ¿´©¿§ ¯«±¬» ²¿³»°´¿¬» ¼¿¬¿ ©·¬¸ »®·¿´ ²«³¾»® ¿²¼ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² ©·¬¸ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ÿÌ¸· ¿¼¼·¬·±²¿´ ´·¬ ³«¬ ¾» «»¼ ¬±¹»¬¸»® ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ³±¬±® °¿®¬ ´·¬ò



9C-26 of 27

Ð¿®¬ Ô·¬ ðè îìí ðî ðéßÝ ³±¬±®ô ßÝ ¾®¿µ» ³±¬±® ÛÒ Ð¿¹» î ñ îÜÎòéïóïíîñõÞÛ ÛÓ ðìòðîòîððç¿¼¼·¬·±²¿´ ´·¬ æ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêô ÕÍ

É¸»² ±®¼»®·²¹ °¿®» °¿®¬ ¿´©¿§ ¯«±¬» ²¿³»°´¿¬» ¼¿¬¿ ©·¬¸ »®·¿´ ²«³¾»® ¿²¼ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² ©·¬¸ °¿®¬ ²«³¾»®ÿÌ¸· ¿¼¼·¬·±²¿´ ´·¬ ³«¬ ¾» «»¼ ¬±¹»¬¸»® ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ³±¬±® °¿®¬ ´·¬ò



Ò±ò Ü»½®·°¬·±² ß¼¼·¬·±²¿´ °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ÍÛÉ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ´¿¾»´ Ð¿®¬ Ò±ò Ï¬§òé Ú´¿²¹» ö ï

ïï Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎéï ÎÆ Ü×Òêîë êíðíóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ððïêðèëé ïïï Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎéï ×ÛÝ Ü×Òêîë êîðìóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ððïéêèêç ïïï Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎèð ÎÆ Ü×Òêîë êíðìóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ïíîêðêêç ïïï Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎèð ×ÛÝ Ü×Òêîë êîðëóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ððïéêèéé ïïï Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎçðñïðð Ü×Òêîë êíðêóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ððïêðèéí ïïï Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎïïîñïíî Ü×Òêîë êíðèóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ððïêðèçÈ ïîî Ø»¨ ¸»¿¼ ½®»© ÕÍå ÜÎéïóïíî ×ÍÑìðïé Óë¨ïîóßîóéð ððïïèëïê ììî Þ ¾»¿®·²¹ »²¼ ¸·»´¼ ö ïìî Þ®¿µ» »²¼ ¸·»´¼ ö ïìì Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎéï Ü×Òêîë êîðíóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ððïéêèëð ïìì Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎèð Ü×Òêîë êíðìóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ïíîêðêêç ïìì Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎçðñïðð Ü×Òêîë êîðëóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ððïéêèéé ïìì Ü»»° ¹®±±ª» ¾¿´´ ¾»¿®·²¹ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎïïîñïíî Ü×Òêîë êîðéóîÎÍóÖóÝíóÕîì ððïéêèèë ï

ïîí Ø»¨ ¸»¿¼ ½®»© ÕÍå ÜÎéïóïíîå º±® Ì»®³·²¿´ ¾±¨ ¿´«³·²«³ Éìðìì Óë¨ïêóÍÌóßîóéðóÙÓ ïíîêîëêì ìïîí Ø»¨ ¸»¿¼ ½®»© ÕÍå ÜÎéïóïíîå º±® Ì»®³·²¿´ ¾±¨ ¹®¿§ó½¿¬

·®±²×ÍÑìðïé Óê¨îðóßîóéð ððïïèëëç ì

ïîì Ü·½ ÕÍå ÜÎéïóïíîå º±® Ì»®³·²¿´ ¾±¨ ¿´«³·²«³ Éìïîê ßëôíóßîóïìðØÊ ïíîêêééî ìïîì Ü·½ ÕÍå ÜÎéïóïíîå º±® Ì»®³·²¿´ ¾±¨ ¹®¿§ó½¿¬

·®±²Éìïîê ßêôìóßîóïìðØÊ ïíîêêéèð ì

ïëé Ý´¿³°·²¹ ¬®¿° ½±³°´»¬» ÕÍå ÞÛðëñï ðïèïêèêï îïëé Ý´¿³°·²¹ ¬®¿° ½±³°´»¬» ÕÍå ÞÛî ïíéìïîíí îïëé Ý´¿³°·²¹ ¬®¿° ½±³°´»¬» ÕÍå ÞÛë ðïèîðîéí îïëé Ý´¿³°·²¹ ¬®¿° ½±³°´»¬» ÕÍå ÞÛïï ïíéìïèëí îîïï Ü·½ ÕÍå ÜÎéïóïíî Éìïîê ßëôíóßîóïìðØÊ ïíîêêééî ìíëï Í¸·³ ×Ðëêñ×ÐêêåÜÎéï Éìïìð íë¨ìð¨ðôëóÍ¬ ïíîèéçèî ïíëï Í¸·³ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎèðóïðð Ü×Òçèè ìî¨ëî¨ðôëóÍ¬ ððïîðìïí ïíëï Í¸·³ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎïïîõïíî Éìïìð êí¨éî¨ðôëóÍ¬ ððïîðëíé ïíçî Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎéï ïíéìïîéê ïíçî Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎèð ïíéìîèêè ïíçî Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎçðõïðð ïíéìïîêè ïíçî Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎïïîõïíî ïíéìïèçê ïìðð Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎéï ïíêïëèçð ïìðð Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎèð ïíêïëçïî ïìðð Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎçðõïðð ïíêïëçðì ïìðð Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÜÎïïîõïíî ïíêïëçîð ïçðï Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÞÛïÝõÞÛîÞõÞÛëß ïíéìïîìï ïçðï Ù¿µ»¬ ×Ðëêñ×Ðêêå ÞÛëÞõÞÛïïß ïíéìïèêï ïçìð Î»º»®»²½» Ð´¿¬» ÕÍ ðïïíêéèÈ ï

ïëìí Í»®ª·½» µ·¬ ×¬»³ ²±ò íëïõíçîõìðð ×ÐëêñêêóÕ·¬ô ÜÎéï ïëêðïîèë ïïëìí Í»®ª·½» µ·¬ ×¬»³ ²±ò íëïõíçîõìðð ×ÐëêñêêóÕ·¬ô ÜÎèð ïëêðïíèî ïïëìí Í»®ª·½» µ·¬ ×¬»³ ²±ò íëïõíçîõìðð ×ÐëêñêêóÕ·¬ô ÜÎçðñïðð ïëêðïëèé ïïëìí Í»®ª·½» µ·¬ ×¬»³ ²±ò íëïõíçîõìððõçðï ×ÐëêñêêóÕ·¬ô ÜÎçðñïðð ÞÛ ïëêðïêèì ïïëìí Í»®ª·½» µ·¬ ×¬»³ ²±ò íëïõíçîõìðð ×ÐëêñêêóÕ·¬ô ÜÎïïîñïíî ïëêðïéèï ïïëìí Í»®ª·½» µ·¬ ×¬»³ ²±ò íëïõíçîõìððõçðï ×ÐëêñêêóÕ·¬ô ÜÎïïîñïíî ÞÛ ïëêðïèèç ï

ö ±®¼»®ó¼»°»²¼»²¬´§

9C-27 of 27

Section Nine D

9D-1 of 24

RX..DT../DV..

R..DT../DV..BM(G) RF..DT../DV..

R..R..DT../DV..

RM..DT../DV..

Parallel Helical Gear Units

USCS 0102 37 9D-2 of 24

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

FLOC DRIVE GEARMOTOR Provided: SEW Eurodrive Model RF37DT80K4-KS SEW Eurodrive RF37 Gear Reducer, Position M4 SEW Eurodrive DFT80K4 Motor, Inverter Duty Rated, High Efficiency Severe Duty Application (KS)

mark

Text Box

GENERAL��

�� !�� !�� "�#�� $�� #��

LUBRICANTS�� #�� %�� &�� #�� '�

LONG TERM STORAGE(� �� (� �� &�� #� �� )�� %��

*�� #��

INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS ON DRIVE SHAFTS*� �� "�� +� �� &�� ,-./� 0#�� 1�� #�� +� ��

�� 2�� %��

�� #��

�� 3�� &�� &�� #� �� &�� 4�� &�� #�� &�� (� �� &� �� &��&��

SHAFT MOUNTED REDUCERS�� #�� #�� #�� !�� #�� #�� #��#��

Warning! ��

�� 2�� %�� ! ��!��

INSTALLATION AND OPERATION��5

• ��#�67/2�0,76/�1�

• 8��#��

• ��

• ��%�� !�� !�

�3��

�� 2�� 9�� #�� &��5

• �� :��;7��<�7�776��

• �� :��;7�<�7�77;��

"�� #� �� $�� # #� %��#�� #� �� #�%��& ��%%�� #�%��#�� '()* +, -,'./,� 0"�� 1� (� �� !�� =�� 0�� 1 �� #�� #�� #�� &�� >-� 8�� '7 �� >7 ��

�� #� �� %��

=�� 2�� %�� 2� �� 0-� "�3� ��)� ��1 ��

MAINTENANCEWarning! �� 4�� %� �� #� �� %�� ?�� %�� !�� @�� '� 2��! �� %�� A��

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

01 805 52 USGearmotors and Gear Reducers

�� ,

�� !�� "#

SOUTHEAST MANUFACTURING& ASSEMBLY CENTER1295 Old Spartanburg Hwy, Lyman, SC 29365(864) 439-7537 Fax: (864) 439-7830

MIDWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER2001 West Main Street, Troy, OH 45373(937) 335-0036 Fax: (937) 222-4104

WEST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER30599 San Antonio Road, Hayward, CA 94544(510) 487-3560 Fax: (510) 487-6381

SOUTHWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER3950 Platinum Way, Dallas, TX 75237(214) 330-4824 Fax: (214) 330-4724

EAST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER200 High Hill Road, Bridgeport, NJ 08014(856) 467-2277 Fax: (856) 330-47249D-3 of 24

0.50 208.0 6.8 151 475 8.16 2 - R27 DT71D4197.0 4.0 160 310 8.63 2 - R17 DT71D4181.0 6.2 174 495 9.41 2 - R27 DT71D4167.0 3.6 188 325 10.15 2 - R17 DT71D4156.0 2.4 200 320 7.04 2 - R17 DT80K6

148.0 3.4 210 335 11.45 2 - R17 DT71D4143.0 5.2 220 535 11.86 2 - R27 DT71D4131.0 3.1 240 345 12.98 2 - R17 DT71D4127.0 2.6 250 345 8.63 2 - R17 DT80K6123.0 2.9 255 350 13.84 2 - R17 DT71D4

107.0 2.6 295 360 15.84 2 - R17 DT71D4100.0 2.4 315 365 16.99 2 - R17 DT71D494.0 3.4 335 605 18.08 2 - R27 DT71D486.0 2.1 365 380 19.71 2 - R17 DT71D479.0 1.9 395 385 13.84 2 - R17 DT80K6

76.0 2.8 415 645 22.32 2 - R27 DT71D473.0 1.8 430 390 23.15 2 - R17 DT71D473.0 6.2 430 990 23.28 2 - R47 DT71D471.0 1.7 445 395 24.07 3 - R17 DT71D469.0 2.5 455 660 24.47 3 - R27 DT71D4

67.0 1.6 470 400 25.23 2 - R17 DT71D465.0 2.4 485 670 26.09 2 - R27 DT71D460.0 2.2 525 685 28.37 2 - R27 DT71D456.0 1.4 565 410 19.71 2 - R17 DT80K655.0 3.4 575 1090 31.12 2 - R47 DT71D4




34.0 1.3 930 795 32.47 3 - R27 DT80K632.0 2.7 980 1270 52.69 3 - R47 DT71D430.0 1.1 1040 810 55.87 3 - R27 DT71D4

NOTES: Consult Assembly Center for additional speed (rpm) selections or dimension pages not listed.See page 42 for available mounting options. See page 156 for weights.Overhung loads (OHL) are at shaft midpoint.See page 121 for index to R gearmotor dimension pages. Dimensions are on pages 122 - 150.1) Pri. = primary reducer Sec. = secondary reducer.

Motor Power Output Speed Service Torque OHL Ratio Gear Stages ModelPn na Factor Ta FRa i 1) Gear MotorHP rpm lb-in Pri. Sec.

SelectionsGearmotors

USCS 0102 53 9D-4 of 24

mark

Line

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

DT80K4

Model AD DB OA Q SARF37 6.34 0.40 6.10 8.15 3.70

161 10.1 155 207 94

RF47 7.01 0.55 7.48 9.25 4.65178 14 190 235 118

GearcaseU * UY V VO Key M

1.000 1.11 1.97 0.26 1⁄ 4 × 1⁄ 4 × 15⁄ 163⁄ 8 −16 × 0.87

25 28 50 3.5 8 x 7 x 40 M10 x 221.250 1.36 2.36 0.26 1⁄ 4 × 1⁄ 4 × 111⁄ 16

1⁄ 2 −13 × 1.1230 33 60 3.5 8 x 7 x 50 M10 x 22

Output Shaft Inch Series/Optional Metric Series

Model AH AJ AK * BB BD BF GA

RF37

Option 1 1.97 3.94 3.150 0.12 4.72 0.26 0.3950 100 80 3 120 6.6 10

Option 2 1.97 5.12 4.331 0.14 6.30 0.35 0.3950 130 110 3.5 160 9 10

Option 3 1.97 6.50 5.118 0.14 7.87 0.43 0.4750 165 130 3.5 200 11 12

RF47

Option 1 2.36 4.53 3.740 0.12 5.51 0.35 0.3960 115 95 3 140 9 10

Option 2 2.36 5.12 4.331 0.14 6.30 0.35 0.3960 130 110 3.5 160 9 10

Option 3 2.36 6.50 5.118 0.14 7.87 0.43 0.4760 165 130 3.5 200 11 12

Flange (Specify BD dimension when ordering)

DT DVModel 71 80 90 100 112M 132S 132M

AB 5.43 5.43 6.73 6.89 7.40 7.40 9.13138 138 171 175 188 188 232

LB 2.52 2.52 3.35 3.35 3.15 3.15 4.4164 64 85 85 80 80 112

P 5.71 5.71 7.76 7.76 8.70 8.70 10.83145 145 197 197 221 221 275

RF37 C 16.22 18.19 18.98 21.06 — — —412 462 482 535 — — —

RF47 C 17.09 19.06 19.84 21.81 23.19 25.08 25.94434 484 504 554 589 637 659

Motor

Drawing Notes:

Dimension AB is to conduit box.

Dimension LB is for motor brakeoption.

Eyebolts are supplied for motorsizes ≥ DV112 and reducersizes ≥ RX67 and are removable.

* Note: See page 33 for applicable tolerances.

* Note: See page 33 for applicable tolerances.

Dimensions are inchmm

See page 152 for avail-able output shaft sizes.

DimensionsType RF Gearmotors - Flange Mounted

USCS 0102 139Dimensions subject to change without notice

9D-5 of 24

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 51

8Key to the mounting position sheetsMounting Positions

8.2 Key to the mounting position sheets

Important: SPIROPLAN® gearmotors cannot be equipped with breather valves, oillevel plugs or drain plugs.

Symbols used The following table shows the symbols used in the mounting position sheets and whatthey mean:

Churning losses Increased churning losses may arise in some mounting positions. ContactSEW-EURODRIVE in case of the following combinations:

SPIROPLAN® gearmotors do not depend on any particular mounting position. However,mounting positions M1 to M6 are also shown for SPIROPLAN® gearmotors to assist youin working with this documentation.

Symbol Meaning

Breather valve

Oil level plug

Oil drain plug

Mounting position Gear unit type Gear unit size Input speed[rpm]

M2, M4 R97 ... 107 > 2500

> 107 >1500

M2, M3, M4, M5, M6

F97 ... 107 > 2500

> 107 > 1500

K77 ... 107 > 2500

> 107 > 1500

S 77 ... 97 > 2500

M1 … M6M1 … M6

9D-6 of 24

mark

Polygonal Line

RF17-RF167

* → page 11

M4

M1

M2

M3

M5 M6

* *

RF17

RF17, RF27

RF17, RF27

RF47, RF57

M1, M3 , M5 , M6

M5

1 3

2

270˚ 90˚

0˚

180˚

90˚

180˚

270˚

0˚

90˚

0˚

270˚

180˚

0˚

0˚

0˚

0˚

x

xx

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

xx

x

x

Mounting Positions

USCS 0102 13 9D-7 of 24

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

9

74 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W


9 LubricantsGeneral information

Unless a special arrangement is made, SEW-EURODRIVE supplies the drives with alubricant fill adapted for the specific gear unit and mounting position. The decisive factoris the mounting position (M1 ... M6, → Sec. "Mounting Positions and Important OrderInformation") specified when ordering the drive. You must adapt the lubricant fill to anysubsequent changes made to the mounting position (→ Lubricant fill quantities).

9.1 Lubricant tableThe lubricant table on the following page shows the permitted lubricants forSEW-EURODRIVE gear units. Please note the following key to the lubricant table.

Key to the lubricant table

Abbreviations used, meaning of shading and notes:

CLP = Mineral oil

CLP PG = Polyglycol (W gear units, NSF cerfitied H1)

CLP HC = Synthetic hydrocarbons

E = Ester oil (water hazard class 1 (German regulation))

HCE = Synthetic hydrocarbons + ester oil (NSF certified H1)

HLP = Hydraulic oil

= Synthetic lubricant (= synthetic-based anti-friction bearing grease)

= Mineral lubricant (= mineral-based anti-friction bearing grease)

1) Helical-worm gear units with PG oil: Please contact SEW-Eurodrive

2) Special lubricant for Spiroplan® gear units only

3) SEW fB ≥ 1.2 required

4) Pay attention to critical starting behavior at low temperatures!

5) Ambient temperature

Lubricant for the food industry (food grade oil)

Biodegradable oil (lubricant for use in agriculture, forestry and water resources)OilOil

9D-8 of 24

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 75

9Lubricant tableLubricants

Anti-friction bearing greases

The anti-friction bearings in gear units and motors are given a factory-fill with thegreases listed below. SEW-EURODRIVE recommends regreasing anti-friction bearingswith a grease fill at the same time as changing the oil.

Ambient temperature Manufacturer TypeAnti-friction bearing in gear unit

-20 °C ... +60°C Mobil Mobilux EP2

-40 °C ... +60 °C Mobil Mobiltemp SHC 100

Anti-friction bearing in motor1)2)

1) The motor anti-friction bearings are covered on both sides and cannot be regreased.

2) Greases providing equivalent performance are acceptable

-20 °C ... +80 °C Esso Polyrex EM

+20 °C ... +100 °C Klüber Barrierta L55/2

-40 °C ... +60 °C Kyodo Yushi Multemp SRL3)

3) Recommended for continuous operation at ambient temperature below 0°C, example in a cold storage.

Special greases for anti-friction bearings in gear units:-35 °C ... +40 °C Shell Shell Cassida Grease EPS 2

-25 °C ... +40 °C Klüber Klübersynth UH1 14-222

-40 °C ... +40 °C Klüber Klüberbio M 72-82OilOil

The following grease quantities are required:• For fast-running bearings (motor and gear unit input end): Fill the cavities between

the rolling elements one third full with grease.

• For slow-running bearings (in gear units and at gear unit output end): Fill the cavitiesbetween the rolling elements two thirds full with grease.

9D-9 of 24

9

76 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W


Lubricant tableO

ilO

ilO

il

VG

22

0B

P E

ne

rgo

l

GR

-XP

22

0

VG

22

0B

P E

ne

rsy

n

SG

-XP

22

0

VG

22

0

VG

15

0

VG

15

0

VG

10

0

VG

15

0

VG

10

0

SA

E 7

5W

90

(~V

G 1

00

)

VG

22

VG

15

VG

68

-46

VG

32

BP

En

erg

ol

GR

-XP

10

0

VG

32

BP

En

erg

ol

HL

P-H

M 1

5

VG

68

0B

P E

ne

rgo

l

GR

-XP

68

0

VG

68

0B

P E

ne

rsy

n

SG

-XP

68

0

BP

En

ers

yn

SG

-XP

22

0

VG

46

0

VG

15

0

BP

En

erg

ol

GR

-XP

10

0

VG

22

0

VG

32

VG

46

0

VG

46

0

VG

46

0

VG

46

0

0+100

+50 +40

+80

+80

+40

+40

+40

+40

+40

+40+60

-20

-20

-20

-20

-30

4)

4)

5)

4)

4)

4)

4)

4)

3)

2)

1)

1)

4)

4)

-30

-40

-40-20

-25

-40

+80

+10

+10

+10

+20

0

-40

0

-40

+25

-25

-20

-30

-40

-40

+10

+10

-20

-10

-50

DIN

(IS

O)

ISO

,NL

GI

CL

P(C

C)

CL

P P

G

CL

P (

CC

)

CL

P (

CC

)

CL

P H

C

HL

P (

HM

)

HL

P (

HM

)

CL

P (

CC

)

CL

P P

G

01 805 09 92US

CL

P H

C

CL

P H

C

CL

P P

G

CL

P H

C

SE

W P

G

AP

I G

L5

CL

P P

G

EHC

E

R..

.

K..

.(H

K..

.)

F...

S..

.(H

S..

.)

R..

.,K

...(

HK

...)

,

F...,S

...(

HS

...)

W...(

HW

...)

Re

no

lin

CL

P 2

20

Op

tig

ea

r

BM

22

0M

ero

pa

22

0C

arte

r E

P 2

20

Car

ter

SY

220

Car

ter

SY

220

Car

ter

SH

150

Car

ter

SH

150

Car

ter

EP

100

Car

ter

EP

100

Dac

nis

SH

32

Dac

nis

SH

32

Eq

uiv

is Z

S 1

5

Eq

uiv

is Z

S 4

6

Car

ter

EP

680

Tri

bo

l

110

0/2

20

Op

tifl

ex

A

22

0

Sy

nlu

be

CL

P 2

20

Tri

bo

l

80

0/2

20

Ren

olin

Un

isyn

CL

P 2

20

Op

tig

ear

Syn

-

theti

c A

220

Pin

na

cle

EP

22

0

Pin

na

cle

EP

15

0

Pin

na

cle

EP

46

0

Pin

na

cle

EP

15

0

Ra

nd

o E

P

As

hle

ss

46

Ce

tus

PA

O 4

6

Ce

tus

PA

O 4

6

Tri

bo

l

15

10

/22

0

Re

no

lin

CL

P 1

50

Op

tig

ea

r

BM

10

0M

ero

pa

15

0T

rib

ol

110

0/1

00

Re

no

lin

B 4

6 H

VI

Op

tig

ea

r

32

Tri

bo

l

110

0/6

8

Ra

nd

o

HD

Z 1

5

Re

no

lin

CL

P 6

80

Op

tig

ea

r

BM

68

0M

ero

pa

68

0T

rib

ol

110

0/6

80

Sy

nlu

be

CL

P 6

80

Sy

nlu

be

CL

P 2

20

Tri

bo

l

80

0/6

80

Re

no

lin

CL

P 1

50

Op

tig

ea

r

BM

10

0M

ero

pa

15

0T

rib

ol

110

0/1

00

Op

tifl

ex

A

22

0

Tri

bo

l

80

0/2

20

Op

tile

b

GT

46

0

Op

tis

yn

t

BS

46

0

Sh

ell

Om

ala

22

0

Sh

ell

Tiv

ela

S 2

20

Sh

ell

Om

ala

HD

22

0

Sh

ell

Om

ala

HD

15

0

Sh

ell

Om

ala

10

0

Sh

ell

Te

llu

s

T 3

2

Sh

ell

Te

llu

s

T 1

5

Sh

ell

Om

ala

68

0

Sh

ell

Tiv

ela

S 6

80

Sh

ell

Tiv

ela

S 2

20

Sh

ell

Om

ala

HD

46

0

Sh

ell

Om

ala

HD

15

0

Sh

ell

Om

ala

10

0

Sh

ell C

assid

a

Flu

id G

L 4

60

Ara

l D

eg

ol

BG

22

0

Ara

l D

eg

ol

GS

22

0

Ara

l D

eg

ol

PA

S 2

20

Ara

l D

eg

ol

BG

10

0

Ara

l D

eg

ol

BG

46

Ara

l D

eg

ol

BG

68

0

Ara

l D

eg

ol

BG

10

0

Ara

l D

eg

ol

GS

22

0

Ara

l D

eg

ol

BA

B 4

60

Ara

l E

ura

l

Ge

ar

46

0

Klü

be

roil

GE

M 1

-22

0 N

Klü

be

rsy

nth

GH

6-2

20

Klü

be

rsy

nth

GE

M 4

-22

0 N

Klü

be

rsy

nth

GE

M

4-1

50

N

Klü

be

roil

GE

M 1

-15

0 N

Klü

be

roil

GE

M 1

-68

N

Klü

ber-

Su

mm

it

HyS

yn

FG

-32

Klü

ber-

Su

mm

it

HyS

yn

FG

-32

Iso

fle

x

MT

30

RO

T

Klü

be

roil

GE

M 1

-68

0 N

Klü

be

rsy

nth

GH

6-6

80

Klü

be

rsy

nth

GE

M 4

-46

0 N

Klü

be

rsy

nth

GE

M 4

-15

0 N

Klü

be

roil

GE

M 1

-15

0 N

Klü

be

rsy

nth

GH

6-2

20

Klü

ber

SE

W

HT-4

60-5

Klü

be

rsy

nth

UH

1 6

-46

0

Klü

be

roil

4U

H1

-46

0 N

Klü

be

rbio

CA

2-4

60

Mo

bil

ge

ar

60

0X

P 2

20

Mo

bil

Gly

go

yle

30

Mo

bil

SH

C 6

30

Mo

bil

SH

C 6

29

Mo

bil

ge

ar

60

0X

P 1

00

Mo

bil

ge

ar

60

0X

P 1

00

Mo

bil

D.T

.E.

13

M

Mo

bil

SH

C 6

24

Mo

bil

D.T

.E.

11M

Mo

bil

ge

ar

60

0X

P 6

80

Mo

bil

SH

C 6

34

Mo

bil

SH

C 6

29

Mo

bil

Gly

go

yle

30

Mo

bil

SH

C 6

24

Mo

bilu

be S

HC

75 W

90-L

S

°C

Oil

Oil

Sta

ndar

d

Sta

ndar

d

TO

T A

LO

T A

L

VG

46

0

+

40

-20

1)

CL

P P

GK

lüb

ers

yn

th

UH

1 6

-46

0

Sta

ndar

d

Sta

ndar

d

9D-10 of 24

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

Gear UnitMounting Position

M1 1) M2 1) M3 2) M4 M5 2) M6 2)

Gallons Liters Gallons Liters Gallons Liters Gallons Liters Gallons Liters Gallons LitersRX57 0.16 0.6 0.21 0.8 0.34 1.3 0.34 1.3 0.24 0.9 0.24 0.9

RX67 0.21 0.8 0.21 0.8 0.45 1.7 0.50 1.9 0.29 1.1 0.29 1.1

RX77 0.29 1.1 0.40 1.5 0.69 2.6 0.71 2.7 0.42 1.6 0.42 1.6

RX87 0.45 1.7 0.66 2.5 1.27 4.8 1.27 4.8 0.77 2.9 0.77 2.9

RX97 0.55 2.1 0.90 3.4 1.96 7.4 1.85 7 1.27 4.8 1.27 4.8

RX107 1.03 3.9 1.48 5.6 3.06 11.6 3.14 11.9 2.03 7.7 2.03 7.7

RXF57 0.13 0.5 0.21 0.8 0.29 1.1 0.29 1.1 0.18 0.7 0.18 0.7

RXF67 0.18 0.7 0.21 0.8 0.40 1.5 0.45 1.7 0.26 1 0.26 1

RXF77 0.24 0.9 0.40 1.5 0.63 2.4 0.66 2.5 0.42 1.6 0.42 1.6

RXF87 0.42 1.6 0.66 2.5 1.29 4.9 1.24 4.7 0.77 2.9 0.77 2.9

RXF97 0.55 2.1 0.95 3.6 1.88 7.1 1.85 7 1.27 4.8 1.27 4.8

RXF107 0.82 3.1 1.56 5.9 2.96 11.2 2.77 10.5 1.90 7.2 1.90 7.2

R17/R17F 0.07 0.25 0.16 0.6 0.09 0.35 0.16 0.6 0.09 0.35 0.09 0.35

R27/R27F 0.07(0.11)

0.25(0.4) 0.18 0.7 0.11 0.4 0.18 0.7 0.11 0.4 0.11 0.4

R37/R37F 0.08(0.26)

0.3(1) 0.24 0.9 0.26 1 0.29 1.1 0.21 0.8 0.26 1

R47/R47F 0.18(0.40)

0.7(1.5) 0.42 1.6 0.40 1.5 0.45 1.7 0.40 1.5 0.40 1.5

R57/R57F 0.21(0.45)

0.8(1.7) 0.50 1.9 0.45 1.7 0.55 2.1 0.45 1.7 0.45 1.7

R67/R67F 0.29(0.61)

1.1(2.3)

0.69(0.92)

2.6(3.5) 0.74 2.8 0.85 3.2 0.48 1.8 0.53 2

R77/R77F 0.32(0.79)

1.2(3)

1.00(1.14)

3.8(4.3) 0.95 3.6 1.14 4.3 0.66 2.5 0.90 3.4

R87/R87F 0.61(1.59)

2.3(6)

1.77(2.22)

6.7(8.4) 1.90 7.2 2.03 7.7 1.66 6.3 1.72 6.5

R97 1.22(2.59)

4.6(9.8)

3.09(3.70)

11.7(14) 3.09 11.7 3.54 13.4 2.99 11.3 3.09 11.7

R107 1.59(3.62)

6(13.7) 4.31 16.3 4.46 16.9 5.07 19.2 3.49 13.2 4.20 15.9

R137 2.64(6.61)

10(25) 7.40 28 7.79 29.5 8.32 31.5 6.61 25 6.61 25

R147 4.07(10.57)

15.4(40) 12.29 46.5 12.68 48 13.74 52 10.44 39.5 10.83 41

R167 7.13(18.49)

27(70) 21.66 82 20.61 78 23.25 88 17.44 66 18.23 69

RF17 0.07 0.25 0.16 0.6 0.09 0.35 0.16 0.6 0.09 0.35 0.09 0.35

RF27 0.07(0.11)

0.25(0.4) 0.18 0.7 0.11 0.4 0.18 0.7 0.11 0.4 0.11 0.4

RF37 0.11(0.26)

0.4(1) 0.24 0.9 0.26 1 0.29 1.1 0.21 0.8 0.26 1

RF47 0.18(0.40)

0.7(1.5) 0.42 1.6 0.40 1.5 0.45 1.7 0.40 1.5 0.40 1.5

RF/RM57 0.21(0.45)

0.8(1.7) 0.48 1.8 0.45 1.7 0.53 2 0.45 1.7 0.45 1.7

RF/RM67 0.32(0.66)

1.2(2.5)

0.71(0.95)

2.7(3.6) 0.71 2.7 0.82 3.1 0.50 1.9 0.55 2.1

RF/RM77 0.32(0.69)

1.2(2.6)

1.00(1.08)

3.8(4.1) 0.87 3.3 1.08 4.1 0.63 2.4 0.79 3

RF/RM87 0.63(1.59)

2.4(6)

1.8(2.09)

6.8(7.9) 1.88 7.1 2.03 7.7 1.66 6.3 1.69 6.4

RF/RM97 1.35(2.69)

5.1(10.2)

3.14(3.70)

11.9(14) 2.96 11.2 3.70 14 2.96 11.2 3.12 11.8

RF/RM107 1.66(3.94)

6.3(14.9) 4.20 15.9 4.49 17 5.07 19.2 3.46 13.1 4.20 15.9

RF/RM137 2.51(6.61)

9.5(25) 7.13 27 7.66 29 8.59 32.5 6.61 25 6.61 25

RF/RM147 4.33(11.10)

16.4(42) 12.42 47 12.68 48 13.74 52 11.10 42 11.10 42

RF/RM167 6.87(18.49)

26(70) 21.66 82 20.61 78 23.25 88 17.17 65 18.76 71

1) On compound gear units the primary (larger) gear unit is provided with the oil quantity in parenthesis.

2) On compound gear units having mounting positions M3, M5, or M6 the secondary (smaller) gear unit is provided with the oil filling of the M1 flanged mounting position.

The approximate lubricant in US gallons and liters per mounting position is as follows:

Technical DataLubrication

USCS 0102 159 9D-11 of 24

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

Parts List Helical gear unit RF37

Q) en C1l -In I

C")

Q) en 19 In I

N

lJ"1 -.:r .-M -.:r N -.:r .--.:r .-00

~~ N N M

N N lJ"1 Lrl lJ"1

a-N

N N

lJ"1 N

a-.-0"-lJ"1

<::> N

0 C> ..-.-C> .-N <::> .-r"'-o ..-<::> -.:r ...0 ..-.-.-

....:t .-C> .-

01 2640697

C> M 00 M N 00 lJ"1

.-rY'1 Lrl

N

__ -M

N

N fL--4-0:r--- M

When ordering spare parts always quote nameplate data with serial number and designation with part number!

SEW EURODRIYE EN

EG

Page 1/3

10.01.2007

Mount-on gear units have motors. variable speed gear units or special input shaft assemblies mounted on the drive end. For parts see appropriate parts list.

Copyright reservedl All rights reserved according to DIN ISO 16016.

SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Postfach 3023. 0-76642 Bruchsal Tel. (07251) 75-0. Fax (07251) 75-1970. http://www.sew.de

9D-12 of 24

mark

Typewritten Text

mark

Typewritten Text

mark

Text Box

~

--+j

Parts List 01 2640697 Helical gear unit RF37

No. Description 1 Pinion

2 Wheel

3 Pinion shaft

4 Wheel 5 Pinion shaft

6 Wheel

7 Output shaft 7 Oulput shaft 7 Output ShaftUnchl 8 Key 8 Kev 8 Key (inch) 9 Oil seal 9 Oil seal

10 Oil seal 10 Oil seal

11 Deep groove ball bearing 14 Machine screw 14 Hex head screw 16 Output Flange 16 Output Flange 16 Output Flange 17 Spacer tube 19 Key 20 Breather valve 20 Breather valve 22 Gear Housing 23 Supporting ring 24 Eyebolt 25 Deep groove ball bearing 29 Adhesive and sealing

compound 31 Key 32 Spacer tube 33 Circiip 34 Cylindrical roller bearing 35 Circiip 37 Deep groove ball bearing 38 Circlip 39 Circiip 40 Adhesive and sealing

compound 41 Circlip 42 Deep groove ball bearing 43 Key 45 Deep groove ball bearing 47 Circiip 59 Screw plug

Additional specifications

stainless' ASEPTIColus

stainless' ASEPTIColus

optional oil seal in Vitonoptional oil seal in FKM (Viton); ATEX model according to category 112G, 1120, 113G, 1130; ASEPTICplus Double sealing as an option optional oil seal in Vitonoptional oil seal in FKM (Viton); Double sealing as an option; ATEX model according to category 112G, 112D, 113G, 1130; ASEPTICplus

for flange £21 120 mm for flange 0160 mm. 0 200 mm

stainless; ASEPTICplus

For i 7,97 to 134.82

* Gearing parts have embossed part numbers. These must always be quoted! X) if required

SEW standard label

o 25x50 mm o 25x50 mm o 1 ,000x1 ,97 in. DIN6885 A8x7x40-C45K DIN6885 A8x7x40-Niro W41901/4x1/4x1-5/16 IN. DIN3760 AS35x47x7-NBR DIN3760 AS35x47x7-FKM

DIN3760 A35x47x7-NBR DIN3760 A35x47x7-FKM

DIN6256206-Z-J OIN6912 M8x16-8.8 IS04017 M8x20-8.8 0120 mm 0160 mm 0200 mm 030x038x32 mm DIN6885 B8x7x20-55HRC W4087 M10x1-MS W4087 M10x1-NIRO

DIN988 S25x33x2-FST

DIN6256005-J

D!N6885 B5x5x10-55HRC 017x022x12.5 mm DIN47117x1 F55418501.01 NUPT INA DIN47112x1 DIN6256301.J DIN472 37x1 ,5 DIN47237x1 ,5

DIN472 26x1 ,2 DIN6256000-J DIN6885 B4x4x8-55HRC DIN6256000-J DIN472 26x1.2 W4085 M10x1-ST-A2L

When ordering spare parts always quote nameplate data with serial number and designation with part numberl

SEW EURODRIVE EN

EG

Page 2/3

10.01.2007

Part No. Qty. · 1

· 1

* 1

* 1

· 1

· 1

06413900 1 00452548 1 06413919 1 00100226 1 13228188 1 08069212 1 00106569 1 0017565X 1

00106224 1 00174882 1

00104965 1 00110450 6 00110256 6 06413838 1 06413854 1 06413870 1 06413927 1 00115991 1 00130303 1 00136239 1 06413382 1 00124036 1 01675966 1 00117374 1 09102558 X)

00114839 1 06413935 1 00102695 1 13241265 1 00102652 1 001'0505.B 1 00103152 1 00103152 1 09102558 X)

00130087 1 00104744 1 00134899 1 00104744 1 00130087 1 0011426X 5

Mount-on gear units have motors, variable speed gear units or special input shaft assemblies mounted on the drive end. For parts see appropriate parts list.

Copyright reserved! All rights reserved according to DIN ISO 16016.

SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Postfach 3023. 0-76642 Bruchsal Tel. (07251) 75-0. Fax (07251) 75-1970. http://www.sew.de

9D-13 of 24

mark

Text Box

Parts List Helical gear unit RF37

No. Description 61 Circlip 61 Circiip 81 O-rinCl 88 Circlip 100 Gearcase cover 101 Hex head screw 102 Gasket 131 ClosinCl cap 181 Closing cap 515 Shim 516 Shim

517 Shim 521 Shim 522 Shim 523 Shim 530 Shim 531 Shim

X) if required

01 2640697

Additional specifications SEW standard label 2-stage DIN47116x1 3-stage DiN471 14x1

W428358x2 DIN47125x1,2

IS04017 M6x12-8.8

W430037x7 W430028x7 DIN98819x26xO,1-ST DIN98819x26xO,3-ST DIN98819x26xO,5-ST DIN98825x35xO,1-ST DIN98825x35xO,3-ST DIN988 25x35xO,5-ST

2-stage DIN98816x22xO,1-ST 2-stage DIN98816x22xO,3-ST

When ordering spare parts always quote nameplate data with serial number and designation with part numberl

SEW EURODRIYI EN

EG

Page 3/3

10.01.2007

Part No. Qty. 00102687 1 00102660 1 00108537 1 00102741 1 06413951 1 00110221 6 0641396X 1 00124966 1 00106887 1 00113301 Xl 00113433 X) 00104140 Xl 00103691 X) 00103934 X) 00104167 Xl 00123439 X) 00123447 Xl

Mount-on gear units have motors, variable speed gear units or special input shaft assemblies mounted on the drive end. For parts see appropriate parts list.

Copyright reserved! All rights reserved according to DIN ISO 16016.

SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Postfach 3023, D-76642 Bruchsal Tel. (07251)75-0. Fax (072

9D-14 of 24

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

Page 14Page 14 ��

8

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Designs

Technical Data and Dimension Sheets for AC Motors

�

Catalog8 Technical Data and Dimension Sheets for AC Motors

8.1 Designs

50914AXX

��

� ��

� ��

9D-15 of 24

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

mark

Text Box

��

!�� "�� #�� $�� $�� %�� &�� '

�� ()*+ ,-)(*!.�

/� ��

��

��0�� 1��

&�� &�� 2��'

3� �� 2 �� -45*! �� &� � � �� #� �� 6��

&��

&� �� 1�� 2�� 2 �� 2�� 7�� 2�� 2 �� #� �� 2�� 2�� 2 ��

#� �� #� �� 5))8 ,�� . ��

�� &��

�� -))) 2 8�,�� 8

�9 :;)8 +' %

��:;)))) �� 9

)�:;< ��.� #� �� ,�� 2�� 2 �� =)*+ �� 2 � �� + �� -)> �� 8

��

�� .� +�� :)> �� =)*+� &�� 5))))) 9 )�5< ��

�� 3�� 2 ��

��

&�� 0�� + �� (;) �� 0�� 2� !��

� �� 1�� #� �� !�� 0�� !�� 0 �� 0�� #� � �� ,�� . � �� <�� 2�� #� ��

�� 2 �� 2� &��

�� &�� 0��

��

��

�� !"��

��#�� $� ��% ��&' �� !" �� #

��#(�� &' ��# $%�� &��'�%%�( )* �� #�� !" �� #��

��)(�� &' ��##� &+( ,�� ++�)-� .� �� ##�� !" �� #�

�� &' ��## �� %% /-�0�1�0�+�- 23 #�#�� !" ��

(�� &' ��#�� 4�-��- /-�0��0 �4 ��#� ��# �!" ��#� ��

9D-16 of 24

mark

Rectangle

mark

Rectangle

mark

Rectangle

9D-17 of 24

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

Model C CB LB P

DFT719.13 2.32 2.52 5.71

232 59 64 145

DFT8011.50 2.32 2.52 5.71

292 59 64 145

DFT9012.72 2.72 3.35 7.76

323 69 85 197

Motor

FIG. AH AJ AK BB BD BF GAII 1.18 5.12 4.331 +.0005

-.0004 0.14 6.30 0.35 0.39

II 30 130 110 +.013-.009 3.5 160 9 10

II 1.57 6.50 5.118 +.0006-.0004 0.14 7.87 0.43 0.47

II 40 165 130 +.014-.011 3.5 200 11 12

II 1.97 6.50 5.118 +.0006-.0004 0.14 7.87 0.43 0.47

II 50 165 130 +.014-.011 3.5 200 11 12

IEC FlangeModel AA AB X XA XC XJ

DFT711⁄ 2 NPT 5.43 5.79 4.53 2.24 0.55

— 138 147 115 57 14

DFT801⁄ 2 NPT 5.43 5.79 4.53 2.24 0.55

— 138 147 115 57 14

DFT901⁄ 2 NPT 6.73 5.79 4.53 2.24 1.10

— 171 147 115 57 28

Conduit Box

Model FIG. AH AJ AK BB BD BF GA

DFT71II 1.18 6.50 5.118 +.0006

-.0004 0.14 7.87 0.43 0.47

II 30 165 130 +.014-.011 3.5 200 11 12

DFT80II 1.57 5.12 4.331 +.0005

-.0004 0.14 6.30 0.35 0.39

II 40 130 110 +.013-.009 3.5 160 9 10

DFT90I 2.60 8.46 7.087 +.0006

-.0004 0.16 9.84 0.55 0.59

I 66 215 180 +.014-.011 4 250 14 15

Optional Flange

U UY V VO Key M0.551 +.0005

-0 0.63 1.18 0.16 .20 x .20 x .87 M5 x .49

14 +.012+.001 16 30 4 5 x 5 x 22 M5 x 12.5

0.748 +.0006+.0001 0.85 1.57 0.16 .24 x .24 x 1.26 M6 x .63

19 +.015+.002 21.5 40 4 6 x 6 x 32 M6 x 16

0.945 +.0006+.0001 1.06 1.97 0.20 .31 x .28 x 1.57 M8 x .75

24 +.015+.002 27 50 5 8 x 7 x 40 M8 x 19

Output Shaft

Dimensions are inchmm

Dimension LB is for brake option.Dimension CB is for brake release access.Eye bolts are removable.

DimensionsType DFT/DFV Motors and Brakemotors - Flange Mounted

538 USCS 0102Dimensions subject to change without notice

9D-18 of 24

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Rectangle

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

Dual-Voltage Motors(single-speed)

Single-Voltage Motors(two-speed)

Frame SizeDT71 thru DV225

Frame Size Low Voltage High VoltageDV200 thru DV225 230V - 60Hz 460V - 60Hz

Frame Size Low Voltage High VoltageDT71 thru DV180 230V - 60Hz 460V - 60Hz

200V - 50Hz 400V - 50Hz

Frame SizeDT71 thru DV132S

Frame SizeDV132M thru DV225

Frame Size Low Voltage High VoltageDT71 thru DV225 200V - 50Hz

208V - 60Hz220V - 50Hz230V - 50Hz240V - 50Hz330V - 60Hz

346V - 50Hz360V - 60Hz380V - 50Hz400V - 50Hz415V - 50Hz575V - 60Hz

Motor Connection Diagrams

550 USCS 01029D-19 of 24

mark

Polygonal Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

MOTOR TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDES

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Motor Overheats

(Check temperature withinstrumentation)

Motor not connected for proper supplyvoltage.

Check connection diagram on conduitbox cover and correct the wiring.

Supply voltage varies outside the allowabletolerance causing an undervoltage orovervoltage condition.

Assure correct supply voltage.

Insufficient cooling air volume due to:a. Low frequency operation on variable

frequency drive.b. Obstructed air flow.

Increase air flow:a. Continuous running auxiliary

fan.b. Ensure unobstructed air flow.

Ambient temperature is too high.Ensure cool air gets to the motor.Ducting may be required.

Overload at rated voltage. Unit will drawcurrent in excess of nameplate rating andrun below rated speed.

Select a larger unit.

Motor’s allowable duty cycle is exceeded(too many starts per hour required).

The problem may or may not be solvedwith a larger motor. Contact SEWEurodrive.

Single phasing due to break or looseconnection in supply line or blown fuse.

Repair supply lines.Replace fuses.

Motor does not run.

Blown fuse.Determine and correct cause of failureand replace fuse.

Motor protection device activated.Reset protective device. Identify andcorrect cause for device activation.

Motor protection device faulty or will notreset.

Check protection device for faults.

Motor will not start orstarts sluggishly.

Motor not connected for proper voltage.Check connection diagram in conduitbox cover and correct the wiring.

Large voltage and/or frequency fluctuationat starting.

Ensure stable power supply.

For reduced voltagestarting, motor will notstart in Star Connectionbut will start in DeltaConnection.

Insufficient torque in Star ConnectionStart motor directly in Delta Connectionif possible. Otherwise use a largermotor.

Faulty contact in Star/Delta starter. Correct fault condition.

Motor hums and drawshigh current.

Falulty or defective winding. Have motor repaired by qualifiedservice shop.Rotor dragging

Fuses blow or motor overcurrent protection tripsimmediately.

Short circuit in power supply conductors orin the motor.

Correct the fault condition.

Motor has ground fault or winding towinding short circuit.

Have motor repaired by qualifiedservice shop.

Motor improperly connected.Check connection diagram in conduitbox cover and correct the wiring.

Motor runs in the wrongdirection.

Motor supply leads misconnected. Switch two supply leads.

Note: If after proceeding through the Troubleshooting Chart the motor is found to be defective, contact yournearest SEW Eurodrive Asssembly Plant for warranty assistance or replacement parts.

9D-20 of 24

Motor DFT80K

For Mounting to Gear Reducers

I PARTS LIST I

I 08 822 987 US I (j) 120mm Dia. Flange

2 3 1 10 7 9 11 12 13 16

107 106 103 101 100

When ordering parts, please supply nameplate data with serial number or S.O. number, model number, description of part and part number. Rotors and stators are stamped with a part number. For terminal box parts, refer to respective parts list.

Item Part Name Description Part No Qty

Rotor DFT71C.D4 1351168 1 Rotor DFT71K4 1354531 1 Rotor DFT71D6 1356909 1 Rotor DFT71D8/2 1351176 - 1

Rotor+- DFT80K4 1354574 1 Rotor DFT80N4 1351206 Rotor DFT80K6 1356941 Rotor DFT80N6 1356925 Rotor DFT80K8/2 1354582 Rotor DFT80N8/2 1351214

2 Retaining Ring DFT71 SW1 Ox1 mm External 0115193 2 Retaining Ring DFT80 SW11 x1mm External 011 5207 3 Key DFT71 A2x2x12mm 0100005 3 Key -+ DFT80 A3x3x14mm 0100692

SEW· EURODRIVE, INC.

® 250mm Dia. Flange @ 300mm Dia. Flange

108 109 22 42 36 31 32

44 41 37 35

Shaded items denote recommended spare parts. ® - Standard seal combination (NBR) @ - Optional seal combination (FPM)

Item Part Name Description 7 Flange CD DFT71-80 7 Flange <ID DFT71-80 7 Flange @ DFT71-80 7 Flange @ DFT80 7 Flange @ DFT80 9 Drain Plug <D@ M10x1mm 9 Drain Plug @@) M12x1.5mm 9 Drain Plug @ M22x1.5mm

10 Retaining Ring 17x1 mm Internal 11 Ball Bearing 6303-2RS-J-C3 12 Retaining Ring 47x1 .75mm Internal 13 Hex Head Screw DFT71 M5x115mm 13 Hex Head Screw DFT80 M5x165mm 16 Stator Compl

Side 1 of 2

Part No Qty

1350331 1 1350358 1 1350374 1350390 1813668 011426 X 011 4308 0114316 011460 X 8069808 0103187 0118680 4 011 8699 4

1

8/02

9D-21 of 24

mark

Text Box

Motor DFT80K

For Mounting to Gear Reducers

I PARTS LIST I

I 08 822 987 US I G) 120mm Dia. Flange ® 160mm Dla. Flanae ® 200mm Dia. FlanCle I-+--

231 13 16

When ordering parts, please supply nameplate data with serial number or S.O. number, model number, description of part and part number. Rotors and stators are stamped with a part number. For terminal box parts, refer to respective parts list.

Item Pari Name Description Pari No 22 Hex Head Screw M5x7mm 0136301 31 Key A5x5x18mm 0100064 32 Retaining Ring 15x1 mm External 0102679 35 Fan Guard 1350595 36 Fan 1355996 37 V-Ring V16 0117684 41 Spring Washer 33x39.1xO.5mm 011 5894 42 B-Side Endshield 1350927 44 Ball Bearing 6203-2RS-J-C3 0171662

100 Hex Nut (j) M6mm 0128678 100 Hex Nut ® M8mm 0101990 100 Hex Nut @ M10mm 0102008 100 Hex Nut ®@ M12mm 010201 6 101 Lockwasher (j) B6mm 0109908

Diy

4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4

SEW.EURODRIVE, INC.

@ 250mm Dia. Flange ® 300mm Dia. Flange

108

!

44 41 37 35

Shaded items denote recommended spare parts. ® - Standard seal combination (NBR) @ - Optional seal combination (FPM)

Item Pari Name Description 101 Lockwasher ® B8mm 101 Lockwasher @ B10mm 101 Lockwasher ®@ B12mm 103 Stud R27 (j) M6x16mm 103 Stud (j) M6x18mm 103 Stud ® M8x20mm 103 Stud @ M10x25mm 103 Stud ®@ M12x30mm 106 Oil Seal ® A17x30x7mm 106 Oil Seal @ A17x30x7mm 107 Oil Slinger 17x32mm 108 Nameplate 109 Cheese Head Nail 2x4mm

Side 2 of 2

Pari No Diy

0109916 4 0109924 4 010993 2 4 0131687 4 0134074 4 0100749 4 010079 X 4 0100811 4 0106062 1 0115584 1 011 6602 1

1 0107646 2

8/02 9D-22 of 24

mark

Text Box

Terminal Box I PARTS LIST I 108 673 787A usl For 6 Lead Motors and Brakemotors

DT71-90 and BM(G) CSAlNEMA Box with NPT Cable Entry Side 1 of 2

111 122 119 116 118 117 124 123 112 132 115 136 137 153

\ ~~~~J~_2.2 / ~~~203 ~C' ~: __ 204

::P&- ..- I- 205

~11E~ '-~ IE::: - 113

Il:l -- 201

I 1

\\ 129 134

When ordering parts, please supply nameplate data with serial number ® - Mounting hardware for item #136 or #153 as stand alone. or S.D. number, model number, description of part and part number. @ - Mounting hardware for item #136 with #153 as integral unit.

© - For use with brakemotor. @ - For use as option. ® - Includes items #201 through #205.

Item Part Name Description Part No Diy Item Part Name Description Part No Diy

111 Gasket For item # 112 1836781 1 136 Rectifier © BG 1.5A 150-500VAC 8253846 1 112 Terminal Box Lower Part 2xl12 in. NPT 1827960 1 136 Rectifier © BG 3.0A 42-150VAC 8253862 1 113 Socket Head Screw AM5x16mm 0129623 1 136 Rectifier © BGE 1.5A 150-500VAC 8253854 1 115 Terminal Block ® KTM4 0117595 1 136 Rectifier © BGE 3.0A 42-150VAC 8253870 1 116 Terminal Cap 0104426 1 136 Brake Control © BSG 5.0ADC 20-30VDC 8254591 1 11 7 Hex Head Screw M5x12mm 0112178 1 136 Rectifier © BGH 1.5A 150-500VAC 825480 X 1 118 Lockwasher 5mm 0118206 1 136 Rectifier © BGH 3.0A 42-150VAC 8254796 1 119 Torx Screw M5x16mm 0130591 4 137 Conduit Box Screw ® CM4x20mm 0131075 2 122 Lockwasher 5mm 0118206 4 137 Socket Head Screw @ M4x35mm 0131040 2 123 Hex Head Screw M6x25mm 0118605 4 153 Auxiliary Terminal Strip @ 1830600 1 124 Lockwasher 6mm 011 8303 4 201 Terminal Block K1M4 0107964 1 129 Closing Plug 18.5mm 0113751 1 202 Wire Clamp A4mm 0117552 6 131 Gasket For item # 132 1843559 1 203 Hex Nut M4mm 012853 8 6 132 Terminal Box Cover 184 3338 1 204 Washer B4.3mm 0129062 1 134 ClOSing Plug 18.5mm 011375 1 1 205 Terminal Bridge 4.5x20mm 0108340 3 134 Threaded Closing Plug 1/2 in. NPT 90000150 1

SEW-EURODRIVE, INC. 11 /2005

9D-23 of 24

mark

Text Box

Terminal Box I PARTS LIST I 108673 787A usl For 9 Lead Motors and Brakemotors

DT71-90 and BM(G) CSAlNEMA Box with NPT Cable Entry

111 122 119 118 118 117 124 123

~~~~'~

When ordering parts, please supply nameplate data with serial number or S .O. number, model number, description of part and part number.

lIem Part Name Description Part No Oty 111 Gasket For item # 112 1836781 1 112 Terminal Box Lower Part 2xl/2 in. NPT lB2 796 0 1

113 Socket Head Screw EM5x16mm 0131148 2 SetfTapping 114 Lockwasher 5mm 0102555 2 115 Terminal Block ® KT9M4 0125423 1 116 Terminal Cap 0104426 1 117 Hex Head Screw M5x12mm 0112178 1 118 Lockwasher 5mm 0118206 1 119 Torx Screw M5x16mm 0130591 4 122 Lockwasher 5mm 0118206 4 123 Hex Head Screw M6x2Smm 0118605 4 124 Lockwasher 6mm 0118303 4 129 Closing Plug lB.5mm 0113751 1 131 Gasket For item # 132 184 355 9 1 132 Terminal Box Cover 184 333 8 1 134 Closing Plug lB.Smm 0113751 1 134 Threaded ClOSing Plug 1/2 in. NPT 90000150 1 136 Rectifier © BG 1.5A 150-500VAC 8253846 1

SEW-EURODRIVE, INC.

112 132 131 115

1 136 137

I

Side 2 of 2

153

® - Mounting hardware for item #136 or #153 as stand alone. @ - Mounting hardware for item #136 with #153 as integral unit. © - For use with brake motor. @ - For use as option. ® - Includes items #201 through #205.

lIem Part Name Description Part No Oty 136 Rectifier © BG 3.0A 42-150VAC 8253862 1 136 Rectifier © BGE 1.5A 150-500VAC 8253854 1 136 Rectifier © BGE 3.0A 42-150VAC 8253870 1 136 Brake Control © BSG 5.0ADC 20-30VDC 8254591 1 136 Rectifier © BGH 1.5A lS0-S00VAC 825480 X 1 136 Rectifier © BGH 3.0A 42-150VAC 8254796 1 137 Conduit Box Screw ® CM4x20mm 0131075 2 137 Socket Head Screw @ M4x35mm 0131040 2 153 Auxiliary Terminal Strip @ 1830600 1 201 Terminal Block K9M4 0108065 1 202 Wire Clamp A4mm 0117552 9 203 Hex Nut M4mm 0128538 9 204 Washer B4.3mm 0129062 9 205 Terminal Bridge 4.5x20mm 0108340 5 206 Adapter Plate 1351133 1 207 Socket Head Screw AM5x16mm 0101842 2 208 Lockwasher 5mm 0102555 2

11 /2005

9D-24 of 24

mark

Text Box

Section Nine E

9E-1 of 5

9E-2 of 5

I nstallation I nstructions for the

Honeywell ISSUE 1

MICRO SWITCH Explosion-proof Maintained Cable Pull Limit Switch

PK 81593

A. WARNING IMPROPER INSTALLATION

Do NOT use the Maintained Explosion-proof Cable Pull Limit Switch in lieu of a safety interlock device Failure to comply with these instructions could result in death or serious injury.

GENERAL INFORMATION (Figure 1) o Explosion-proof switches are designed

specifically for use in hazardous location applications Flame paths within the switch housing cool exploding gases below the kindling temperature of the atmosphere,

• Complies with NEMA standards: 1,3, 4, 7, 9, 13. UL listed and CSA certified: Class I, Div 1, Groups B, C, D; Class II, Div 1, Groups E, F, G.

• The Explosion-proof Maintained Cable Pull Limit Switch is designed for use in emergency stop applications.

• Single head Cable Pull Limit Switch is designed to forcibly disconnect a set of direct acting switch . contacts,

• Direct acting switch contacts are held closed when actuating cables are under proper tension. When cable is pulled, slackened or broken, a cam positively opens the switch contacts.

• Switch contacts remain open until switch is reset by manually depressing the reset button located on the actuated operating head.

• When direct acting switch contacts open, auxiliary contacts also actuate: open contacts close and closed contacts open.

• Available basic switch options: - Direct acting switch contact: 1 NC. - Direct acting switch contacts: 1 NO 1 NC

• Head may be positioned in any of four directions

Figure 1: Maintained Switch

MICRO SWITCH Sensing and Control

AUXILIARY CONTACTS • Additional contacts electrically isolated from the

direct acting switch contacts. Used for monitoring or Signaling, Le .• indicators, pilot lights and alarms.

MAXIMUM ACTUATING CABl.E LENGTH • Depending upon variations in ambient

temperature, maximum cable length is 200 ft (60 m) ..

TENSION INDICATOR • Convenient tension indicator line on switch

plunger indicates maximum preset cable tension,

OTHER AVAILABLE FEATURES: • Conduit opening options. • Hardware kits and cables for various length

installations.

9E-3 of 5

Maintained Explosion-proof Cable Pull Limit Switch PK 81593

Figure 2: Installation

1 ft, Max 30 em Ma~

200 ft, Max,

SWITCH MOUNTING, WIRING AND SEALING Step 1 • Ensure you have the following: • Switch, C> (2) 1/4-20 or (2) 5/15-18 screws, D #14-#16 AWG stranded or #16-#18 AWG solid

wire.

Step 2 - Mount switch:

CAUTION SWITCH DAMAGE

Do NOT mount switch upside down or at low pOint of conduit runs. Condensation problems may develop Failure to comply with these Instructions may result in product da_m_ag=-e_, _______ -'

• Mount using (2) 1/4-20 screws from front of switch, or with (2) 5/15-18 screws from back of switch. Torque to 43-52 in.-Ib (4.9-59 N-m),

Step 3 - Wire switch: • With a bar or screwdriver in the cover wrenching

lugs, loosen and remove circular cover on front of switch,

• Connect stranded or solid wire to switch's pressure type connector terminals (Refer to circuit diagram on switch housing. Diagram depicts switch contacts when cable is at proper tension.) Torque terminal screws and ground screw to 7-9 in.-Ib (0,8-1 N-m)

• Reassemble cover and tighten securely.

Step 4 - Seal conduit connection: Proper sealing ensures explosion-proof integrity of the conduit system. • Seal in accordance with National Electrical Code,

paragraphs 500-2 and 501·4,

For application help: call 1-800-537-6945

A WARNING IMPROPER SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • Ensure the attendant circuitry is such that only

the momentary interruption of the control circuit cable pull contacts is required to open and hold open the control circuit until such time as both the cable pull switch and the attendant circuitry are manually reset.

• The user is SOLELY RESPONSIBLE for determining the appropriate level of risk warranting this type of circuitry,

• Maintained Cable Pull Limit Switches must be installed in a fashion that complies with all codes and standards that are applicable to the particular application of the device.

• Failure to comply with these instructions could result in death or serious injury,

ACTUATING CABLE INSTALLATION Step 1 * Ensure you have the following (Figure 2): • Plastic coated aircraft cable 1/8 in, (3,18 mm) to

3/16 in. (4,76 mm) dia. Use a distinctive color, such as red, to differentiate actuating cable from other wires or cables in the area,

D Thimbles, U··bolt clamps • Cable supports (eyebolts)

Honeywell. MICRO SWITCH Sensing and Control 2

9E-4 of 5

Maintained Explosion-proof Cable Pull limit Switch PK 81593

Step 2 - Attach cable to switch: • Ensure cable is fully seated and tightly fitted in the

thimble groove • Attach using two U··bolt clamps. U-bolt clamps

should be installed as close as possible to thimble.

o Tighten U-bolts to 4 5 in-lb. (0,51 N-m) for 1/8 in (3,18 mm) cable and 7 5 in.·lb. (0,85 N··m) for 3/16 in. (4,76 mm) cable.

Step 3 - Install cable supports:

CAUTION SWITCH DAMAGE

Do NOT allow excessive side loads that could bend the switch operating shaft, Failure to comply with these instructions may result in product damage.

o Install a cable support as close as practical to end of shaft without interfering with switch operation.

• If cable tension adjusting turnbuckle is in midspan of cable, the first cable support should be in line with, and no further than, 12 in. (30 cm) from end (eye) of shaft. If adjusting turnbuckle is attached directly to shaft eye, this distance may be increased to 18 in. (46 cm).

o Support cable at inteNals no greater than 8 ft. (2,4 m).

REQUIRED ENDS PRING AND TURNBUCKLE INSTALLATION (Figure 3) Step 1 • Ensure you have the fol/owing • Endspring, turnbuckle, jam nuts (supplied with

switch). • Thimbles, U-bolt clamps.

Step 2 - Install endspring: Reduces effects of ambient temperature fluctuations and provides a measure of protection against excessive force being applied to cable • Install an endspring within cable span, preferably

at end of cable opposite switch (see Actuating Cable Installation, Step 2).

Figure 3: Switch with Turnbuckle and Endspring

Step 3 - Install turnbuckle: Ensures proper cable tension

A WARNING IMPROPER INSTALLATION

Do NOT install turnbuckle too closely to cable supports or other barriers that may hinder proper operation Failure to comply with these instructions could result in death or seriou~~ inju.~:_' ____ --I

• Install within cable span in same manner as ends pring. Use jam nuts to maintain adjustment.

REQUIRED CABLE TENSION ADJUSTMENT Step 1 • Align colored tension indicator line: • Tighten turnbuckle until colored tension indicator

line on switch plunger starts to appear from within switch operating head.

Step 2 - Ensure proper adjustment (Figure 4): • Ensure tension indicator line is visible and aligned

with end of guide bushing on operating head • Periodically check and adjust cable tension as

necessary.

Figure 4: Cable Tension at Proper Setting

~. i L Tension Indicator Line I. Guide Bushing

With endspring installed, switch/cable will operate satisfactorily over a temperature range of +/-2soF (+/-12°C), up to maximum cable length of 200 ft (60 m).

Adjust cable tension when ambient temperature is near mid point of expected temperature extremes.

Alrcral! Cable Turnbuckle Thimble ant!

I I T_U~b

~,~ ,;) "~ I g...,--t;::I'~~< ):@==~,.H9 ijJJJfjJJJJjJJJ

I - I Cabl!l Support Eml Spring

(Eye BOll Cul!tmV View)

For application help: call 1-800-537-6945 Honeywell • MICRO SWITCH Sensing and Control 3

9E-5 of 5

Maintained Explosion-proof Cable Pull limit Switch PK 81593

OPTIONAL CORNER INSTALLATION To route actuating cable around a corner. use a

free running pulley with a minimum of 4 in (10 em) dia,

Cable should bend no more than 30 degrees as it passes through cable supports spaced no closer than 6 in. (15 em) apart

OTHER ADJUSTMENTS To reposition operating head. loosen the four

captive screws. place head in desired position, Securely tighten the four screws to 12-16 in.-Ib (1,36-1,80 N-m),

RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT Replace entire switch every 100,000 operations,

;'vlICRO SWITCH Honeywell Inc II West Spring Street Freeport. lIIinois 1032 ~ Pnt'i\aC wrCI SOl Ifill. \::[;I 01'1 !o% ~'crcl.d p'.~r

PK 81593 I .. uo 1 697 Prinrco In USA

WARRANTY/R EMEDY Honeywell warrants goods of its manufacture as

being free of defective material and faulty workmanship. Commencing with date of shipment. Honeywell's warranty runs for 18 months. If warranted goods are returned to Honeywell during that period of coverage, Honeywell will repair or replace without charge those items it finds defective. The foregoing is Buyer's sale remedy and is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including those of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

While we provide application assistance, personally and through our literature, it is up to the customer to determine the suitability of the product in the application

Specifications may char.ge at any time without notice. The information we supply is believed to be accurate and reliable as of this printing However, we assume no responsibility for its use

SALES AND SERVICE Honeywell serves its customers through a

worldwide network of sales offices and distributors For application assistance, current specifications. pricing or name of the nearest Authorized Distributor, contact a nearby sales office or call:

1-800-537 ·6945 USA 1-800-737-3360 Canada 1-815-235-6847 International

FAX 1-815-235-6545 USA

INTERNET http://wwwsensinghoneywell.com [email protected]

Honeywell

Ht!lpillg YOIl COlI/roll'VlIr WorM

Section Nine F

9F-1 of 23

9F-2 of 23

Quick Start

PowerFlex 40 AdjustableFrequency AC DriveFRN5.xx-6.xx

This Quick Start guide summarizes the basic steps needed to install,start-up and program the PowerFlex 40 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive.The information provided Does Not replace the User Manual and isintended for qualified drive service personnel only.For detailed PowerFlex 40 information including EMC instructions,application considerations and related precautions, refer to thePowerFlex 40 User Manual, Publication 22B-UM001... at

www.rockwellautomation.com/literature.

General Precautions

ATTENTION: The drive contains high voltage capacitors which taketime to discharge after removal of mains supply. Before working ondrive, ensure isolation of mains supply from line inputs [R, S, T (LI,L2, L3)]. Wait three minutes for capacitors to discharge to safe voltagelevels. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or death.

Darkened display LEDs is not an indication that capacitors havedischarged to safe voltage levels.

ATTENTION: Equipment damage and/or personal injury may resultif parameter A092 [Auto Rstrt Tries] or A094 [Start At PowerUp] isused in an inappropriate application. Do not use this function withoutconsidering applicable local, national and international codes,standards, regulations or industry guidelines.

ATTENTION: Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustablefrequency AC drives and associated machinery should plan orimplement the installation, start-up and subsequent maintenance of thesystem. Failure to comply may result in personal injury and/orequipment damage.

ATTENTION: This drive contains ESD (Electrostatic Discharge)sensitive parts and assemblies. Static control precautions are requiredwhen installing, testing, servicing or repairing this assembly.Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are notfollowed. If you are not familiar with static control procedures,reference A-B publication 8000-4.5.2, "Guarding Against ElectrostaticDamage" or any other applicable ESD protection handbook.

ATTENTION: An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result incomponent damage or a reduction in product life. Wiring or applicationerrors, such as, undersizing the motor, incorrect or inadequate ACsupply, or excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction ofthe system.

9F-3 of 23

English-2

Mounting Considerations. Mount the drive upright on a flat, vertical and level surface.

Frame Screw Size Screw Torque DIN Rail

B M4(#8-32) 1.56-1.96 N-m (14-17 ib.-ln.) 35 mmC M5 (#10-24) 2.45-2.94 N-m (22-26 Ib.-in.) -

3.95-4.75 N-m (35-42 Ib.-in.)

Protect the cooling fan by avoiding dust or metallic particles.

Do not expose to a corrosive atmosphere.

Protect from moisture and direct sunlight.

Minimum Mounting ClearancesSee Page 21 for mounting dimensions.

Type4X) M6(#12-24)

120 mm

(4.7 in.)120 mm

(4.7 in.)25 mm

(1.0 in.)

Closest object thatmay restrict air flow

through the drive heatsink and chassis

120 mm

(4.7 in.)120 mm

(4.7 in.)

Mounting Option ANo clearance required

between drives.

Mounting Option B

Minimum MountingClearances

Ambient Operating TemperaturesAmbient Temperature Enclosure RatingMinimum Maximum

IP20, NEMA/UL Type Open Use Mounting Option A40oC (104oF) IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4X Use Mounting Option A

IP30. NEMA/UL Type 1(1) Use Mounting Option B50oC (1220F) IP20, NEMA/UL Type Open Use Mounting Option B

(1) Rating requires installation of the PowerFlex 40 IP 30, NEMA/UL Type 1 option kit.

-10=0 (140F)

9F-4 of 23

Typical Grounding

English-3

R/L1S/L2T/L3

UAT1\in2W/T3

SHLD

Disconnecting MOVsTo prevent drive damage, the MOVs connected to ground shall bedisconnected if the drive is installed on an ungrounded distributionsystem where the line-to-ground voltages on any phase could exceed125% of the nominal line-to-line voltage. To disconnect these devices,remove the jumper shown in the figures below.

1. Turn the screw counterclockwise to loosen.

2. Pull the jumper completely out of the drive chassis.

3. Tighten the screw to keep it in place.

Jumper Location

IP20, NEMA/ULType Open IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4X

Important: Tighten screw after jumper removal.

Phase to Ground MOV Removal

Three-Phase _,

AC Input 3112T/L3

Jumper 2 3 4

9F-5 of 23

English-4

CE ConformityRefer to the PowerFlex 40 User Manual for details on how to complywith the Low Voltage (LV) and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)Directives.

Specifications, Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Output Ratings Input Ratings

VoltagekW(HP) Amps Range

CatalogNumber*1'

kVA Amps Fuses

100 - 120V AC (±10%) - 1-Phase Input, 0 - 230V 3-Phase Output

22B-V2P3x104 0.4(0.5) 2.3 90-132 1.15 9.0 15

22B-V5P0x104 0.75(1.0) 5.0 90-132 2.45 20.3 35

22B-V6P0x104 1.1 (1.5) 6.0 90-132 3.0 24.0 40

200 - 240V AC (±10%) -1-Phase'2' Input, 0 - 230V 3-Phase Output22B-A2P3x104 0.4(0.5) 2.3 180-264 1.15 6.0 10

22B-A5P0x104 0.75(1.0) 5.0 180-264 2.45 12.0 20

22B-A8P0x104 1.5(2.0) 8.0 180-264 4.0 18.0 30

22B-A012x104 2.2(3.0) 12.0 180-264 5.5 25.0 40

200 - 240V AC (±10%) - 3-Phase Input, 0 - 230V 3-Phase Output

Branch Circuit ProtectionPower

Dissipation140M MotorProtectors

IP20 OpenContactors Watts

140M-C2E-C16 100-C12 40

140M-D8E-C20 100-C23 60

140M-F8E-C32 100-C37 80

140M-C2E-B63 100-C09 40

140M-C2E-C16 100-C12 60

140M-D8E-C20 100-C23 85

140M-F8E-C32 100-C37 125

22B-B2P3x104 0.4 (0.5) 2

.3 180-264 1

.15 2

.5 6 140M-C2E-B40 100-C07 40

22B-B5P0x104 0.75(1.0) 5

.0 180-264 2

.45 5

.7 10 140M-C2E-C10 100-C09 60

22B-B8P0x104 1.5 (2.0) 8

.0 180-264 4

.0 9

.5 15 140M-C2E-C16 100-C12 85

22B-B012x104 2.2 (3.0) 12.0 180-264 5

.5 15,5 25 140M-C2E-C16 100-C23 125

22B-B017x104 3.7 (5.0) 17.5 180-264 8

.6 21,0 30 140M-F8E-C25 100-C23 180

22B-B024x104 5.5 (7.5) 24.0 180-264 11.8 26,1 40 140M-F8E-C32 100-C37 235

22B-B033x104 7.5(10.0) 33.0 180-264 16.3 34.6 60 140M-G8E-C45 100-C60 305

380 - 480V AC (±10%) - 3-Phase input, 0 - 460V 3-Phase Output22B-D1P4x104 0

.4 (0.5) 1.4 342-528 1

.4 1

.8 3 140M-C2E-B25 100-C07 35

22B-D2P3x104 0.75(1.0) 2

.3 342-528 2

.3 3

.2 6 140M-C2E-B40 100-C07 50

22B-D4P0x104 1.5 (2.0) 4

.0 342-528 4

.0 5

.7 10 140M-C2E-B63 100-C09 70

22B-D6P0x104 2.2 (3.0) 6

.0 342-528 5

.9 7

.5 15 140M-C2E-C10 100-C09 100

22B-D010x104 4.0 (5.0) 10.5 342-528 10.3 13,0 20 140M-C2E-C16 100-C23 160

22B-D012x104 5.5 (7.5) 12.0 342-528 11.8 14,2 25 140M-D8E-C20 100-C23 175

22B-D017x104 7.5(10.0) 17.0 342-528 16.8 18,4 30 140M-D8E-C20 100-C23 210

22B-D024x104 11.0(15.0) 24.0 342-528 23.4 26.0 50 140M-F8E-C32 100-C43 300

460 - 600V AC (±10%) - 3-Phase input, 0 - 575V 3-Phase Output22B-E1P7x104 0

.75(1.0) 1.7 414-660 2

.1 2

.3 6 140M-C2E-B25 100-C09 50

22B-E3P0x104 1.5 (2.0) 3

.0 414-660 3

.65 3

.8 6 140M-C2E-B40 100-C09 70

22B-E4P2x104 2.2 (3.0) 4

.2 414-660 5

.2 5

.3 10 140M-C2E-B63 100-C09 100

22B-E6P6x104 4.0 (5.0) 6

.6 414-660 8

.1 8

.3 15 140M-C2E-C10 100-C09 160

22B-E9P9x104 5.5 (7.5) 9

.9 414-660 12.1 11,2 20 140M-C2E-C16 100-C16 175

22B-E012x104 7.5(10.0) 12.2 414-660 14.9 13,7 25 140M-C2E-C16 100-C23 210

22B-E019x104 11.0(15.0) 19.0 414-660 23.1 24,1 40 140M-D8E-C25 100-C30 300

In the Catalog Numbers listed V represents enclosure type. Specifications are valid for allenclosure types. IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4X drive ratings are only available as Frame B drives.

(2) 200-240V AC -1 -Phase drives are also available with an integral EMC filter. Catalog suffixchanges from N104 to N114. Filter option is not available for IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4X rated drives.

9F-6 of 23

English-5

Output Frequency: O-AOO Hz (Programmable)

Effic/ency; 97.5% (Typical)

UL UL508C c UL CSA22.2EMC Directive 89/336

LV: EN 50178, EN 60204EMC: EN 61800-3, EN 50081 -1, EN 50082-2

SRC (Source) Mode: SNK (Sink) Mode: 4-20mA Analog: 250 ohm input impedance18-24V = ON 0-6V = ON 0-f0l/DC/Ina/og; 100k ohm input impedance0-6V = OFF 18-24V = OFF Fxfema/Pof; 1-1 Ok ohms

,2 Watt minimum

Programmable Output (form C relay) Opto OutputsResistive Rating: 3.0A at 30V DC, 3.0A at 125V AC, 3,0A at 240V AC 30V DC, 50mAInductive Rating: 0.5A at 30V DC, 0.5A at 125V AC, 0.5A at 240V AC Non-inductive

Analog Outputs (10 bit)0-10V

,IkohmMin.

4-20mA,525 ohm Max,

Recommended Fuse Type: UL Class J, CC, T or Type BS88; 600V (550V) or equivalent.Recommended Circuit Breakers: HMCP circuit breakers or equivalent.

Motor Protection: l2t overload protection -150% for 60 Sees, 200% for 3 Sees (Provides Class 10 protection)Overcurrent:200% hardware limit, 300% instantaneous fault

Over Voltage: 100-120V AC Input -200-240V AC Input-380-460V AC Input-460-600V AC Input-

Under Voltage: 100-120V AC Input -200-240VAC Input-380-480VAC Input-460-600V AC Input-

Trip occurs at 405V DC bus voltage (equivalent to 150V AC incoming line)Trip occurs at 405V DC bus voltage (equivalent to 290V AC incoming line)Trip occurs at 810V DC bus voltage (equivalent to 575V AC incoming line)Trip occurs at 1005V DC bus voltage (equivalent to 71IV AC incoming line)

Trip occurs at 210V DC bus voltage (equivalent to 75V AC incoming line)Trip occurs at 210V DC bus voltage (equivalent to 150V AC incoming line)Trip occurs at 390V DC bus voltage (equivalent to 275V AC incoming line)If P042 = 3 "High Voltage" trip occurs at 487V DC bus voltage (344V AC incoming line);If P042 = 2 "Low Voltage" trip occurs at 390V DC bus voltage (275V AC incoming line)

Control Ride Through: Minimum ride through is 0.5 Sees - typical value 2 Sees

Faultless Power Ride Through: 100 milliseconds

Internal brake IGBT included with all ratings except No Brake versions. Refer to Appendix B of the PowerFlex 40 User Manualfor DB resistor ordering information.

9F-7 of 23

English-6

Power Wiring

Power Wire Rating

Unshielded 600V, 750C (1670F) THHN/THWN

Shielded 600V, 750C or 90oC (1670F or 1940F) RHH/RHW-2

Recommended CopperWire

15 Mils insulated, dry location

Anixter OLF-7xxxxx.Belden 29501-29507 or

equivalent

RHH/RHwf 600V' 750C (1670F 1940F) sKSS ACD or

Power Terminal Block

B Frame

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

equivalent

C FrameR/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 P2 PI

DC- DC+ BR+ BR- DC- DC+ BR+ BR-

Terminal(1) DescriptionR/L1,S/L2 1-Phase Input

R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 3-Phase Input

UATI

V/T2

P2, PI

Switch any two motorleads to changeforward direction.

To Motor UyTI

To Motor VT2 =

To Motor W/T3

DC Bus Inductor Connection (C Frame drives only.)

The C Frame drive is shipped with a jumper betweenTerminals P2 and PI. Remove this jumper only when a DCBus Inductor will be connected. Drive will not power upwithout a jumper or inductor connected.

DC+, DC- DC Bus Connection

BR+, BR- Dynamic Brake Resistor Connection

Safety Ground-PE

Important: Terminal screws may become loose during shipment. Ensure that allterminal screws are tightened to the recommended torque before applying power tothe drive.

Power Terminal Block Specifications

Frame Maximum Wire Size Minimum Wire Size *2' TorqueB 5.3mm2(10AWG) 1.3 mm2 (16 AWG) 1.7-2.2 N-m (16-19 Ib.-in.)C 8.4 mm2 (8 AWG) 1.3 mm2 (16 AWG) 2.9-3.7 N-m (26-33 Ib.-in.)

(2) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept - these are notrecommendations.

9F-8 of 23

English-7

Input Power Conditions

Input Power Condition

Low Line Impedance (less than 1% line reactance)

Greater than 120 kVA supply transformer

Line has power factor correction capacitors

Line has frequent power interruptions

Line has intermittent noise spikes in excess of6000V (lightning)

Phase to ground voltage exceeds 125% of normalline to line voltage

Ungrounded distribution system

240V open delta configuration (stinger leg)*1'

Corrective Action

. Install Line Reactor(2)

. or Isolation Transformer

. or Bus Inductor-5.5-11 kW

(7.5-15 HP) drives only

. Install Line Reactor

. or Isolation Transformer

Remove MOV jumper to ground.or Install Isolation Transformer

with grounded secondary ifnecessary.

Install Line Reactor

(i)

(2)

For drives applied on an open delta with a middle phase grounded neutral system, thephase opposite the phase that is tapped in the middle to the neutral or earth isreferred to as the "

stinger leg," "

high leg," "red leg," etc. This leg should be identifiedthroughout the system with red or orange tape on the wire at each connection point.The stinger leg should be connected to the center Phase B on the reactor. Refer to thePowerFlex 40 User Manualbr specific line reactor part numbers.

Refer to Appendix B of the PowerFlex 40 User Manual for accessory orderinginformation.

I/O Wiring Recommendations (3)

Wire Type(s)*4' Description Minimum InsulationRating

Belden 8760/9460 0.8 mm2(18AWG), twisted pair, 100% shield(orequiv.) with drain. 300V

0 60 degrees CBelden 8770 0.8 mnr(18AWG), 3 conductor, shielded for (140 degrees F)(or equiv.) remote pot only.

If the wires are short and contained within a cabinet which has no sensitive circuits,the use of shielded wire may not be necessary, but is always recommended.Stranded or solid wire.

I/O Terminal Block Specifications

Frame Maximum Wire Size(5) Minimum Wire Size(5) TorqueB&C 1.3mm2(16AWG) 0.2 mm2(24 AWG) 0.5-0.8 N-m (4.4-7 Ib.-in.)'5' Maximum / minimum that the terminal block will accept - these are not

recommendations.

Refer to the PowerFlex 40 User Manual for recommendations on

maximum power and control cable length.

9F-9 of 23

English-8

Control Terminal Block

Control Wiring Block Diagram

Enable

Jumper

(4)

SNK SRC

+24V

+10V

Relay N.O.

Relay Common

Relay N.C.

R1

R2

R3

0-1 ov

0/4-20mA

0-10V

0-20mA

R1 R2 R3

30VDC50mANon-inductive

Analog Output Select

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

(2)

Stop*1"4'

Start/Run FWD

Direction/Run REV

Digital Common

Digital Input 1

Digital Input 2

Digital Input 3

Digital Input 4

Opto Common

+24V DC

+10VDC

0-10V (or ±10V) Input

Analog Common

4-20mA Input

Analog Output

Opto Output 1

Opto Output 2

RS485 Shield

TypicalSRC Wiring

TypicalSNK Wiring

Pot must be1-10k ohm2 Watt Mln.

Common(3)

24V

ENBL01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Enable

Jumper

(4)

SNK

SRC11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

RS485

(DSI)

30V DC 125V AC 240V AC(1)

Resistive 3.0A 3.0A 3.0A

Inductive 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A

P036 [Start Source] Stop I/O Terminal 01 Stop

Keypad Per P037 Coast

3-Wire Per P037 Per P037

2-Wire Per P037 Coast

RS485 Port Per P037 Coast

'important: I/O Terminal 01 is always a coast tostop input except when P036 [Start Source] is set to"

3-Wire" or "Momt FWD/REV" control. In three wire

control, I/O Terminal 01 is controlled by P037 [StopMode]. All other stop sources are controlled by P037[Stop Mode].

Important: The drive is shipped with a jumper installed between I/O Terminals 01 and 11. Removethis jumper when using I/O Terminal 01 as a stop or enable input.

Two wire control shown. For three wire control use a momentary input on I/O Terminal 02 tocommand a start. Use a maintained input for I/O Terminal 03 to change direction.

When using an opto output with an inductive load such as a relay, install a recovery diode parallelto the relay as shown, to prevent damage to the output.

(4) When the ENBL jumper is removed, I/O Terminal 01 will always act as a hardware enable, causinga coast to stop without software interpretation. Refer to the PowerFlex 40 User Manual for moreinformation.

(2)

9F-10 of 23

English-9

Control I/O Terminal Designations

No. Signal Default

R1 Relay N.O. Fault

R2 Relay Common

R3 Relay N.C. Fault

Description

Normally open contact for output relay.

Common for output relay.

Normally closed contact for output relay.

Param.

A055

A055

Analog Output SelectDIP Switch

Sink/SourceDIP Switch

01 Stop*1'

0-10V Sets analog output to either voltage or current. Setting must matchA065 [Analog Out Sel],

Source (SRC) Inputs can be wired as Sink (SNK) or Source (SRC) via DIP Switchsetting.

Coast

02 Start/Run FWD Not Active

03 Direction/Run REV Not Active

04 Digital Common

05 Digital Input 1 Preset Freq

06 Digital Input 2 Preset Freq

07 Digital Inputs Local

08 Digital Input 4 Jog Forward

09 Opto Common

11 +24V DC

12 +10VDC

13 ±10Vln(2) Not Active

14 Analog Common

15 4-20mAln (2) Not Active

16 Analog Output OutFreq 0-10

17 Opto Output 1 MotorRunning

18 Opto Output 2 At Frequency

19 RS485 (DSI) Shield -

The factory installed jumper or a normally closed P036 '1'input must be present for the drive to start.

Command comes from the integral keypad by default. P036, P037To disable reverse operation, see A095 [Reverse pQ3g pQ37Disable]. A095'For digital inputs. Electronically isolated with digitalinputs from analog I/O and opto outputs.

Program with A051 [Digital Inl Sel). A051

Program with A052 [Digital In2 Sel). A052

Program with A053 [Digital In3 Selj. A053

Program with A054 [Digital In4 Sel). A054

For opto-coupled outputs. Electronically isolated withopto outputs from analog I/O and digital inputs.

Referenced to Digital Common.Drive supplied power for digital inputs.Maximum output current is 100mA,

Referenced to Analog Common. P038Drive supplied power for 0-10V externalpotentiometer.Maximum output current is 15mA,

For external 0-10V (unipolar) or ±10V (bipolar) input P038,supply (input impedance = 100k ohm) or A051-A054,potentiometer wiper. A123, A132

ForO-lOV In or4-20mA In. Electronically isolatedwith analog inputs and outputs from digital I/O andopto outputs.

For external 4-20mA input supply P038,

(input impedance - 250 ohm). A051-A054,A132

The default analog output is 0-10V. To covert to a A065, A066current value, change the Analog Output Select DIPSwitch to 0-20mA. Program with A065 [Analog OutSelj. Max analog value can be scaled with A066[Analog Out High].Maximum Load: 4-20mA = 525 ohm (10.5V)

0-10V = 1kohm(10mA)

Program with A058 [Opto Outl Sel]

Program with A061 [Opto Out2 Sel]

Terminal should be connected to safety ground - REwhen using the RS485 (DSI) communications port.

A058, A059,A064

A061, A062,A064

(1) See Footnotes (1) and (4) on page 8.

f2' 0-10V In and 4-20mA In are distinct input channels and may be connected simultaneously.

Inputs may be used independently for speed control or jointly when operating in PID mode.

9F-11 of 23

English-10

Prepare For Drive Start-Up

ATTENTION: Power must be applied to the drive to perform thef following start-up procedures. Some of the voltages present are at

incoming line potential. To avoid electric shock hazard or damage toequipment, only qualified service personnel should perform thefollowing procedure. Thoroughly read and understand the procedurebefore beginning. If an event does not occur while performing thisprocedure, Do Not Proceed. Remove All Power including usersupplied control voltages. User supplied voltages may exist even whenmain AC power is not applied to the drive. Correct the malfunctionbefore continuing.

Before Applying Power to the Drive1. Confirm that all inputs are connected to the correct terminals and are

secure.

2. Verify that AC line power at the disconnect device is within the ratedvalue of the drive.

3. Verify that any digital control power is 24 volts.

4. Verify that the Sink (SNK)/Source (SRC) Setup DIP Switch is set tomatch your control wiring scheme. See page 8 for location.

Important: The default control scheme is Source (SRC). The Stopterminal is jumpered (I/O Terminals 01 and 11) to allowstarting from the keypad. If the control scheme is changedto Sink (SNK), the jumper must be removed from I/OTerminals 01 and 11 and installed between I/O Terminals

01 and 04.

5. Verify that the Stop input is present or the drive will not start.

Important: If I/O Terminal 01 is used as a stop input, the jumperbetween I/O Terminals 01 and 11 must be removed.

Applying Power to the DriveQ 6. Apply AC power and control voltages to the drive.

Q 7. Familiarize yourself with the integral keypad features (see next page)before setting any Program Group parameters.

If a fault appears on power up, refer to page 20 for an explanation of thefault code. For complete troubleshooting information, refer to thePowerFlex 40 User Manual.

9F-12 of 23

English-11

Start, Stop, Direction and Speed Control

Factory default parameter values allow the drive to be controlled fromthe integral keypad. No programming is required to start, stop, changedirection and control speed directly from the integral keypad.

Important: To disable reverse operation, see A095 [Reverse Disable].

Changing the Speed Reference of an IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4X rateddrive

When a Display Group parameter, for example, dOOl [Output Freq] isdisplayed, and P038 [Speed Ref] is set to A069 [Internal Freq], you canchange the internal frequency using the Up Arrow and Down Arrowkeys.

VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

When the internal frequency is being adjusted, its value is displayed andthe Hertz LED flashes. Any changes are saved immediately. The displaythen returns to the Display Group parameter previously shown.

TIP: By default, the speed reference of an IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4Xrated drive is set to the internal frequency, A069 [Internal Freq].

TIP: You can also change the speed reference by editing the parameterA069 [Internal Freq] in program mode. For details on how to enter theprogram mode, see the section, "Viewing and Editing Parameters."

The default value of A069 [Internal Freq] is 0 Hz. For IP20 ratedPowerFlex 40 drives, the default value of this parameter is 60 Hz.

9F-13 of 23

English-12

Integral Keypad

0RUN

FWD

REV

©VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

PROGRAM FAULT

o ©

© ©

©

Menu Description

Display Group (View Only)Consists of commonly viewed drive operatingconditions.

Basic Program GroupConsists of most commonly usedprogrammable functions.

Advanced Program GroupConsists of remaining programmable functions,

Fault DesignatorConsists of list of codes for specific faultconditions. Displayed only when fault is present,

No. LED LED State

Q Run/Direction Steady RedStatus

Q AlphanumericDisplay

Q Displayed Units

0 Program Status

0 Fault Status

0 Pot Status

O Start Key Status

No. Key

©

©

DescriptionIndicates drive is running and commanded motor direction.Drive has been commanded to change direction. Indicatesactual motor direction while decelerating to zero.Indicates parameter number, parameter value, or fault code.Single digit flashing indicates that digit can be edited,All digits flashing indicates a fault condition.Indicates the units of the parameter value being displayed.

Indicates parameter value can be changed.

Indicates drive is faulted.

Indicates potentiometer on Integral Keypad is active.*1'

Indicates Start key on Integral Keypad is active.The Reverse key is also active unless disabled by A095[Reverse Disable].

DescriptionBack one step in programming menu.Cancel a change to a parameter value and exit ProgramMode.

Advance one step in programming menu.Select a digit when viewing parameter value.Scroll through groups and parameters.Increase/decrease the value of a flashing digit.Used to adjust internal frequency of IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4Xrated drives on/y when a Display Group parameter is shownand P038 [Speed Reference is set to internal frequency,A069 [Internal Freq].Advance one step in programming menu.Save a change to a parameter value.

Potentiometer 1' Used to control speed of drive. Default is active.Controlled by parameter P038 [Speed Reference].

Start Used to start the drive. Default is active.

Controlled by parameter P036 [Start Source].Reverse Used to reverse direction of the drive. Default is active.

Controlled by parameters P036 [Start Source] and A095[Reverse Disable].

Stop Used to stop the drive or clear a fault.This key is always active.Controlled by parameter P037 [Stop Mode].

Flashing Red

Steady RedFlashing Red

Steady Red

Steady Red

Flashing Red

Steady Green

Steady Green

Name

Escape

Select

Up ArrowDown Arrow

Enter

(1) IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4X rated drives are not equipped with a potentiometer.

9F-14 of 23

See the PowerFlex 40 User Manual for more information on parameters. English-13

Viewing and Editing ParametersThe last user-selected Display Group parameter is saved when power is removed and is displayed bydefault when power is reapplied.The following is an example of basic integral keypad and display functions. This example provides basicnavigation instructions and illustrates how to program the first Program Group parameter.

Step1

. When power is applied, the last user-selectedDisplay Group parameter number is brieflydisplayed with flashing characters. The displaythen defaults to that parameter's current value.(Example shows the value of d001 [OutputFreq] with the drive stopped.)

2. Press Esc once to display the Display Group

parameter number shown on power-up. Theparameternumber will flash.

Key(s) Example Displays

VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

3. Press Esc again to enter the group menu. The

group menu letter will flash.

4. Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll

through the group menu (d, P and A).

5. Press Enter or Sel to enter a group. The right

digit of the last viewed parameter in that groupwill flash.

6. Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to scroll

through the parameters that are in the group.

7.

Press Enter or Sel to view the value of a

parameter. If you do not want to edit the value,press Esc to return to the parameter number.

or

or

or

or

VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

VOLTSAMPS

HERTZ

8. Press Enter or Sel to enter program mode to

edit the parameter value. The right digit willflash and the Program LED will illuminate if theparameter can be edited.

9. Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow to change

the parameter value. If desired, press Sel tomove from digit to digit or bit to bit. The digit orbit that you can change will flash.

10. Press Esc to cancel a change. The digit willstop flashing, the previous value is restored andthe Program LED will turn off.Or

Press Enter to save a change. The digit will stopflashing and the Program LED will turn off.

or

or

VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

11. Press Esc to return to the parameter list.Continue to press Esc to back out of theprogramming menu. PR(If pressing Esc does not change the display,then d001 [Output Frequency] is displayed.Press Enter or Sel to enter the group menu.

The Basic Program Group contains the most commonly changed parameters.

VOLTS

AMPS

HERTZ

9F-15 of 23

English-14 See the PowerFlex 40 User Manual for more information on parameters.

Display Group ParametersNo. Parameter Min/Max Display/OptionsdOOl [Output Freq] 0

.0/[Maximum Freq] 0.1 Hz

d002 [Commanded Freq| 0.0/[Maximum Freq] 0

.1 Hz

d003 [Output Current] 0.00/(Driv6 Amps x 2) 0

.01 Amps

d004 [Output Voltage] O/Drive Rated Volts 1 VAC

d005 [DC Bus Voltage] Based on Drive Rating 1 VDC

d006 [Drive Status] 0/1 (1 = Condition True) Bit3

DeceleratingBit 2

AcceleratingBitl BitO

Forward Running

d007-d009

[Fault x Code] F2/F122 F1

d010 [Process Display] 0.00/9999 0

.01 -1

d012 [Control Source] 0/9 Digit 1 = Speed Command(See P038: 9 = "Jog Freq")

Digit 0 = Start Commanc(See P036: 9 = "Jog")

d013 [Contrl In Status] 0/1 (1 = Input Present) BitsDB Trans On

Bit 2

Stop InputBit 1 Bit 0Dir/REV In Start/FWD In

d014 [Dig In Status] 0/1 (1 = Input Present) Bits

Digital In 4Bit 2

Digital In 3Bit 1 Bit 0

Digital In 2 Digital In 1d015 [Comm Status] 0/1 (1 = Condition True) Bits

Comm ErrorBit 2

DSI OptionBitl BitO

Transmitting Receiving

d016 [Control SWVer] 1.00/99.99 0

.01

d017 [Drive Type] 1001/9999 1

d018 [Elapsed Run Time] 0/9999 Mrs 1 = 10Hrs

d019 [Testpoint Data] 0/FFFF 1 Hex

d020 [Analog In 0-10V] 0.0/100.0% 0

.1%

d021 [Analog In 4-20mA] 0.0/100.0% 0

.1%

d022 [Output Power] 0.00/(Drive Power x 2) 0

.01 kW

d023 [Output Powr Fctr] 0.0/180.0 deg 0

.1 deg

d024 [Drive Temp] 0/120 degC 1 degCd025 [Counter Status] 0/9999 1

d026 [Timer Status] 0.0/9999 Sees 0

.1 Sees

d028 [Stp Logic Status] 0/7 1

d029 [Torque Current] 0.00/(Drive Amps x 2) 0

.01 Amps

Smart Start-Up with Basic Program Group ParametersThe PowerFlex 40 is designed so that start up is simple and efficient. The Program Groupcontains the most commonly used parameters.

No.

P031

P0S2

P033

P0S4

P0S5

P0S6

= Stop drive before changing this parameter,

Parameter Min/Max

[Motor NP Volts] 20/Drive Rated Volts

Set to the motor nameplate rated volts,

[Motor NP Hertz] 15/400 Hz

Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency,

[Motor OL Current] 0.0/(Drive Rated Ampsx 2) 0.1 AmpsSet to the maximum allowable motor current,

[Minimum Freq] 0.0/400.0 Hz

Sets the lowest frequency the drive will outputcontinuously.

[Maximum Freq] 0/400 Hz

Sets the highest frequency the drive will output,

[Start Source] 0/6Sets the control scheme used to start the drive,

Display/Options1 VAC

1 Hz

0.

1 Hz

'1'When active, the Reverse key is also activeunless disabled by A095 [Reverse Disable],

1 Hz

0 = "Keypad"'1'1 = "S-Wire"2 = "2-Wire"3 = "2-W Lvl Sens"

4 = :,2-W Hi Speed"5 = "Comm Port"6 = "Momt FWD/REV"

Default

Based on Drive Rating

60 Hz

Based on Drive Rating

0.0 Hz

60 Hz

9F-16 of 23


= Stop drive before changing this parameter.

No. Parameter Min/Max Display/Options Default

P037 [Stop Mode] 0/9 0 = amp, CF j 0Active stop mode for all stop sources [e.g. keypad, 1Z

.

n R rp"(1)run forward (I/O Terminal 02), run reverse (I/O i Z =nnRrtA,Ttn np(l)Terminal 03), RS485 port] except as noted below, j : ..oImportant: I/O Terminal 01 is always a coast to l

_

stop input except when P036 [Start Source] is set 2_

«nn rLfor "3-Wire" control. When in three wire control, I/O I r a

, ltA"

Terminal 01 is controlled by P037 [Stop Mode], g"

-Ramp+EM B CF,:9 = "Ramp+EM Brk"'1' Stop input also clears active fault.

P038 [Speed Reference] 0/7 0 = "Drive Pot" 0

Sets the source of the speed reference to the JI mff 1 (IP66, 4X)

Important: When A051 or A052 [Digital Inx Sel] is ?I "p at

'plan"1"

set to option 2,4, 5,6,13 or 14 and the digital ZI pne5

,

input is active, A051, A052, A053 or A054 will tZ «ctn I nnir''override the speed reference commanded by this 2

_"Anin in ynit"

parameter. Refer to Chapter 1 of the PowerFlex 40 ' " Ani9 m MUI1User Manua/for details.

P039 [Accel Time 1] 0.0/600.0 Sees 0.1 Sees 10.0 Sees

Sets the rate of accel for all speed increases.

P040 [DecelTimel] 0.1/600.0 Sees 0.1 Sees 10.0 Sees

Sets the rate of decel for all speed decreases.

P041 [Reset To Defalts] 0/1 0 = ;;Ready/ldle" 0

Resets all parameter values to factory defaults. 1 = Factory Rset

P042 [Voltage Class] 2/3 2 = "Low Voltage" (480V) 3Sets the voltage class of 600V drives. 3 =

"

High Voltage" (600V)

P043 [Motor OL Ret] 0/1 0 = "Disabled" 01 = "Enabled"

Enables/disables the Motor Overload Retention function.

9F-17 of 23


Advanced Group ParametersNo. Parameter Min/Max

A051 [Digital Inl Sel] 0/27I/O Terminal 05

A052 [Digital In2 Sel]I/O Terminal 06

A053 [DigitallnSSel]I/O Terminal 07

A054 [Digitalln4Sel]I/O Terminal 08

(1) Important: Speed source for IP66,NEMA/

UL Type 4X rated drives comes from A069[Internal Freq],

Display/Options0 =1 =2 =3 =4 =

5 =6 =7 =

A055 [Relay Out Sel] 0/24

A056

A058A061

A059A062

[Relay Out Level]

Opto Out1 SelOpto Out2 Sel

Opto Outl LevelOpto Out2 Level

0.0/9999

0/24

0.0/9999

'Not Used"':Acc & Dec 2""

Jog"':Aux Fault""

Preset Freq"locar'"Gomm Port""Clear Fault""

RampSlop,CF,:"

CoastStop.CF"= "

DCInjStop.CF":

"

Jog Forward"= "

Jog Reverse""10V In Ctrl"

0 = "Ready/Fault"1 - "At Frequency"2 = "MotorRunning"3 = "Reverse"4 = "Motor Overld"

5 = "Ramp Reg"6 = "Above Freq"7 = "Above Cur"8 = "Above DCVolt"9 = "Retries Exst"

10 = "Above AnlgV"11 = "Logic In 1"12 = "Logic In 2"0

.1

See A055 for Options.

0,

1

14 = "20mA In Ctrl"15 = "PID Disable"

16 = "MOP Up"17 = "MOP Down"18 = "Timer Start"19 = "Counter In"20 = "Reset Timer"21 = "Reset Countr"22 = "Rset Tim&Cnt"

23 = "Logic Inl"24 = "Logic In2"25 = "Current Lmt2"26 = "Anlg Invert"27 = "EM Brk Rise"

13 = "Logic1 &2"14 = "Logic 1 or 2"15 = "StpLogic Out"16 = "Timer Out"17 = "Counter Out"

18 = "Above PFAng"19 = "Anlg In Loss"20 = "ParamControl"21 = "NonRec Fault"22 = "EM Brk Cntrl"23 = "Above Fcmd"

24 = "MsgControl" (forFRN 6.01 and later)

Default

4

4

5

11

0.0

21

0.0

A055, A058 & A061 Setting A056, A059 & A062 Min/Max6 0/400 Hz

7 0/180%

8 0/815 Volts

10 0/100%

16 0,1/9999 Sees

17 1/9999 Counts

18 1/180 degs20 0/1

23 0/400 Hz

[Opto Out Logic] 0/3 1

A064 Option Opto Outl Logic Opto Out2 Logic0 NO (Normally Open) NO (Normally Open)1 NC (Normally Closed) NO (Normally Open)2 NO (Normally Open) NC (Norrtiaily Closed)3 NC (Normally Closed) NC (Normally Closed)

9F-18 of 23


No. Parameter Min/Max

A065 [Analog Out Bel] 0/23

Display/Options Default

0

Maximum Output ValueOption Output Range Minimum Output Vslue [Analog Out High] DIP Switch Position

O'OutFroq 0-10" 0-1 OV 0V = 0Hz P035 [Maximum Freq] 0-1 OV

1 "OutCurrO-10" 0-1 OV 0V = 0 Amps 200% Drive Rated FLA 0-10V

2,,OutVolt0-10" 0-1 OV 0V = 0 Volts 120% Drive Rated Output Volts 0-1 OV

S'OutPowrO-IO" 0-1 OV 0V = 0kW 200% Drive Rated Power 0-1 OV

4TstData 0-10" 0-1 OV 0V = 0000 65535 (Hex FFFF) 0-1 OV

5 "OutFreq 0-20" 0-20 mA 0mA = 0Hz P035 [Maximum Freq] 0-20 mA

6 "OutCurr 0-20" 0-20 mA 0 mA = 0 Amps 200% Drive Rated FLA 0-20 mA

7 'OutVolt 0-20' 0-20 mA 0 mA = 0 Volts 120% Drive Rated Output Volts 0-20 mA

8 'OutPowr 0-20" 0-20 mA 0mA = 0kW 200% Drive Rated Power 0-20 mA

9'TstData 0-20" 0-20 mA OmA = 0000 65535 (Hex FFFF) 0-20 mA

10 "OutFreq 4-20" 4-20 mA 4 mA = 0 Hz P035 [Maximum Freq] 0-20 mA

11 "OutCurr 4-20" 4-20 mA 4 mA = 0 Amps 200% Drive Rated FLA 0-20 mA

12 "OutVolt 4-20" 4-20 mA 4 mA = 0 Volts 120% Drive Rated Output Volts 0-20 mA

13 "OutPowr 4-20" 4-20 mA 4mA = 0kW 200% Drive Rated Power 0-20 mA

14 "1810313 4-20" 4-20 mA 4nnA = 0000 65535 (Hex FFFF) 0-20 mA

15"OutTorq0-10" 0-1 OV 0V = 0 Amps 200% Drive Rated FLA 0-10V

16"OutTorqO-20" 0-20 mA 0 mA = 0 Amps 200% Drive Rated FLA 0-20 mA

17"OutTorq4-20" 4-20 mA 4 mA = 0 Amps 200% Drive Rated FLA 0-20 mA

18"SetpntO-10" 0-1 OV 0V = 0% 100.0% Setpoint Setting 0-10V

19"Setpnt 0-20' 0-20 mA 0mA = 0% 100.0% Setpoint Setting 0-20 mA

20 ',Setpnt4-20" 4-20 mA 4mA = 0% 100.0% Setpoint Setting 0-20 mA

21 "MinFreqO-IO" 0-1 OV 0V = Min. Freq P035 [Maximum Freq] 0-10V

22 "MinFreq 0-20" 0-20 mA 0 mA = Min. Freq P035 [Maximum Freq] 0-20 mA

23 "MinFreq 4-20" 4-20 mA 4 mA = Min. Freq P035 [Maximum Freq] 0-20 mA

A066 [Analog Out High]

A067 [Accel Time 2]

A068 [Decel Time 2]

A069 [Internal Freq]

0/800%

0.0/600.0 Sees

0.1/600.0 Sees

0.0/400.0 Hz

A070A071A072A073A074A075A076A077

1%

0.1 Sees

0.1 Sees

0.1 Hz

0.1 HzPreset Freq O'1' 0.0/400.0 Hz

Preset Freq 1Preset Freq 2Preset Freq 3Preset Freq 4Preset Freq 5Preset Freq 6Preset Freq 7

(1)To activate [Preset Freq 0] set P038 [Speed Reference] to option 4.

Input Stateof Digital In 1

(I/O Terminal 05)0

1

Q

1

Q

1

Q

1

(2)


(I/O Terminal 06)0

0

1

1

0

0

1

1


(I/O Terminal 07)0

0

0

0

1

1

1

1

Frequency Source

[Preset Freq 0][Preset Freq 1][Preset Freq 2][Preset Freq 3][Preset Freq 4][Preset Freq 5][Preset Freq 6][Preset Freq 7]

(2)Accel / Decel Parameter Used

[Accel Time 1] / [Decel Time 1 ][Accel Time 1]/[Decel Time 1][Accel Time 2] / [Decel Time 2][Accel Time 2] / [Decel Time 2][Accel Time 1] / [Decel Time 1 ][Accel Time 1]/[Decel Time 1][Accel Time 2] / [Decel Time 2][Accel Time 2] / [Decel Time 2]

When a Digital Input is set to 'Accel 2 & Decel 2", and the input is active, that input overrides the settings in this table.

A078 [Jog Frequency] 0.0/IMaximum Freq] 0.1 Hz

A079 [Jog Accel/Decel] 0.1/600.0 Sees 0.1 Sees

A080 [DC Brake Time] 0.0/99.9 Sees 0.1 Sees

A setting of 99.9 Sees = Continuous

A081 [DC Brake Level] 0.0/(Drive Amps x 1.8) 0.1 Amps

A082 [DB Resistor Sel] 0/99 0 = "Disabled"

A083 [S Curve %] 0/100%

1 = "Normal RA Res"

1%

2 = "NoProtection"3-99 = % of Duty Cycle

100%

20.0 Sees

20.0 Sees

0.0Hz(forlP66,

NEMA/UL Type4X drives)

60.0 Hz (forIP20 drives)0

.0 Hz

5.0 Hz

10.0 Hz20.0 Hz30.0 Hz40.0 Hz50.0 Hz60.0 Hz

10.0 Hz

10.0 Sees

0.0 Sees

Amps x 0.050

0% (Disabled)

9F-19 of 23


No. Parameter Min/Max

A084 [Boost Select] 0/14

Only active when A125 [Torque Perf Mode] issettoD"V/Hz".

Display/Options

Settings in % of base voltage.0 = "Custom V/Hz"Variable Torque Constant Torque1 = "30.0, VT"2 = "35.0, VT"3 = "40.0, VT"4 = "45.0, VT"

0.1%

5 = "0.0. no IR"6 = "0.0"7 = "2.5, CT"8 = "5.0, CT"9 = "7.5, CT"

A085 [Start Boost] 0.0/25.0%

Only active when A084 [Boost Select] and A125 [Torque Perf Mode] are set to "0".

A086 [Break Voltage] 0.0/100.0% 0.1%

Only active when A084 [Boost Select] and A125 [Torque Perf Mode] are set to "0".

A087 [Break Frequency] 0.0/400.0 Hz 0.1 Hz

Only active when A084 [Boost Select] and A125 [Torque Perf Mode] are set to "0",

A088 [Maximum Voltage] 20/Rated Volts 1 VAC0

.1/(Drive Ampsx 1.8) 0.1 AmpsA089 [Current Limit 1]

A090 [Motor OL Select]

A091 [PWM Frequency]

A092 [Auto Rstrt Tries]

A093 [Auto Rstrt Delay]

A094 [Start At PowerUp]

Default

87 4-11 kW

(5-15 HP)10 = "10.0, CT"11 ="12.5, CT"12 = "15.0, CT"13 = "17.5, CT"14 = "20.0, CT"

0/2

2,0/16.0 kHz

0/9

0.0/300.0 Sees

0/1

0 = "No Derate"

0.

1 kHz

1

0.1 Sees

0 = "Disabled"

"Min Derate""Max Derate"

1 = "Enabled"

2.5%

25.0%

15.0 Hz

Rated Volts

Ampsx 1.50

4.0 kHz

0

1.0 Sees

0

A095 [Reverse Disable] 0/1 0 = "Rev Enabled" 1 = "Rev Disabled" 0

A096 [Flying Start En]

A097 [Compensation]

A098 [SW Current Trip]

A099 [Process Factor]

A100 [Fault Clear]

0/1

0/3

0.0/(Drive Amps x 2)

0,1/999.9

0/2

0/9999

400/FFFF

0/5

A101 [Program Lock]

A102 [Testpoint Sel]

A103 [Comm Data Rate]

Power to drive must be cycled before anychanges will affect drive operation.

A104 [Comm Node Addr] 1/247


A105 [Comm Loss Action] 0/3

A106 [Comm Loss Time] 0.1/60.0 Sees

A107 [Comm Format] 0/5


A108 [Language] 1/10

A109 [Anlg Out Setpt] 0.0/100.0%

A110 [AnlglnO-IOVLo] 0,0/100.0%

0 = "Disabled"

0 = "Disabled"1 = "Electrical"

0.1 Amps

0.1

0 = "Ready/Idle"

0 = "Unlocked"

1 Hex

0 = "1200"1 = "2400"2 = "4800"

1

0 = "Fault"

1 = "Coast Stop"0

.1 Sees

0 = "RTU 8-N-1"1=

"RTU 8-E-1"2 = "RTU 8-0-1"

1 = "English"2 = "Frangais"3 = "Espanol"4 = "Italiano"5 = "Deutsch"

0.1%

0.1%

1 =

2 =

Enabled"

Mechanical"3 = "Both"

1 = "Reset Fault"2 = "Clear Buffer"

1 ="Locked"

3 = "9600"4 = "19.2K"5 = "38.4K"

2 = "Stop"3 = "Continu Last"

3 = "RTU 8-N-2"4 = "RTU 8-E-2"5 = "RTU 8-0-2"

6 = "Reserved"

7 = "Portugues"8 = "Reserved"9 = "Reserved"10 = "Nederlands"

0

1

0.0 (Disabled)

30.0

0

0

400

3

100

0

5.0 Sees

0

0.0%

0.0%

A111 [Anlg In 0-10V Hi] 0.0/100.0% 0.1%

A112 [Anlg ln4-20mA Lo] 0.0/100.0% 0.1%

A113 [Anlg ln4-20mA Hi] 0.0/100.0% 0.1%

100.0%

0.0%

100.0%

A114 [Slip Hertz® FLA] 0.0/10.0 Hz 0.1Hz

A115 [Process Time Lo] 0.00/99.99 0.01

2.0 Hz

0.00

9F-20 of 23


No. Parameter Min/Max Display/Options Default

A116 [Process Time Hi] 0.00/99.99 0

.01 0

.00

A117 [Bus Reg Mode] 0/1 0 = "Disabled" 1 = "Enabled" 1

A118 [Current Limit 2] 0.1/(Drive Ampsx 1.8) 0.1 Amps Ampsx 1.5

A119 [Skip Frequency] 0/400 Hz 1 Hz 0 Hz

A120 [Skip Freq Band] 0.0/30.0 Hz 0

.1 Hz 0

.0 Hz

A121 [Stall Fault Time] 0/5 0 = "60 Seconds"1 ="120 Seconds"2 = "240 Seconds"

3 =4 =

5 =

"360 Seconds""480 Seconds""Fit Disabled"

0

A122 [Analog In Loss] 0/6 0 = "Disabled"

1 = "Fault (F29)"2 = "Stop"3 = "Zero Ref"

4 =5 =6 =

"

Min Freq Ref""

Max Freq Ref""

Int Freq Ref"

0

A123 [10V Bipolar Enbl] 0/1 0="Uni-Polarln" 1 = "Bi-Polar In" 0

A124 [Var PWM Disable] 0/1 0 = "Enabled" 1 = "Disabled" 0

A125 [Torque Pert Mode] 0/1 0 = "V/Hz" 1 = "Sensrls Vect" 1

A126 [Motor NP FLA] 0.1/(Drive Ampsx 2) 0

.1 Amps Rated AmpsA127 [Autotune] 0/2 0 = "Ready/Idle"

1 = "Static Tune"2 = "Rotate Tune" 0

A128 [IR Voltage Drop] 0.0/230.0 VAC 0

.1 VAC Rated Volts

A129 [Flux Current Ref] 0.00/[MotorNPFLA] 0

.01 Amps Rated AmpsA130 [PID Trim Hi] 0

.0/400.0 0

.1 60.0

A131 [PID Trim Lo] 0.0/400.0 0

,1 0

.0

A132 [PID Ref Sel] 0/8 0 = "PID Disabled"

1 = "PID Setpoint"2 = "0-10V Input"3 = "4-20mAlnput"4 = "Comm Port"

5 =6 =7 =8 =

"

Setpnt, Trim""0-10V

,Trim"

"4-20mA,Trim"

"Comm, Trim"

0

A133 [PID Feedback Sel] 0/2 0 = "0-10V Input"1 = "4-20mA Input"

2 = "Comm Port" 0

A134 [PID Prop Gain] 0.00/99.99 0

.01 0

.01

A135 [PID Integ Time] 0.0/999.9 Sees 0

.1 Sees 0

.1 Sees

A136 [PID Diff Rate] 0.00/99.99 (1/Secs) 0

.01 (1/Sees) 0.01 (1/Secs)

A137 [PID Setpoint] 0.0/100.0% 0

.1% 0

.0%

A138 [PID Deadband] 0.0/10.0% 0

.1% 0

.0%

A139 [PID Preload] 0.0/400.0 Hz 0

.1 Hz 0

.0 Hz

A140-A147

[Stp Logic 0-7] 0001/bAFF 4 DigitsFor a list of digit options, refer to the PowerFlex 40User Manual.

00F1

A150-A157

[Stp Logic Time 0-7] 0.0/999.9 Sees 0

.1 Sees 30.0 Sees

A160 [EM Brk Off Delay] 0.01/10.00 Sees 0

.01 Sees 2

.00 Sees

A161 [EM Brk On Delay] 0.01/10.00 Sees 0

.01 Sees 2

.00 Sees

A162 [MOP Reset Sel] 0/1 0 = "Zero MOP Ref" 1 = "Save MOP Ref" 1

A163 [DB Threshold] 0.0/110.0% 0

.0% 100.0%

A164 [Comm Write Mode] 0/1 0 = "Save" 1 = "RAM Only" 0

A165 [Anlg Loss Delay] 0.0/20.0 Sees 0

.1 Sees 0

.0 Sees

A166 [Analog In Filter] 0/14 1 0

A167 [PID Invert Error] 0/1 0 = "Not Inverted" 1 = "Inverted" 0

9F-21 of 23

English-20

Fault Codes

To clear a fault, press the Stop key, cycle power or set AlOO [Fault Clear] to 1 or2

.

No.

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

Fault

Auxiliary Input*1'Excessive DC Bus

voltage rippleUnderVoltage'1'OverVoltage'1'

Motor Stalled'1'

Motor Overload'1'

Heatsink OvrTmp'1'

F12 HW OverCurrent

DescriptionCheck remote wiringMonitor the incoming line for phase loss or line imbalance. Then, check input line fuse,

Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption,Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions. Bus overvoltage can also becaused by motor regeneration. Extend the decel time or install dynamic brake option.Increase [Accel Time x] or reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current setby parameter A089 [Current Limit],

An excessive motor load exists. Reduce load so drive output current does not exceed thecurrent set by parameter P033 [Motor OL Current].Check for blocked or dirty heat sink fins. Verify that ambient temperature has not exceeded40° C (104° F) for IP 30/NEMA1/UL Type 1 installations or 50oC (1220F) for Open type installations.Check fan.

Check programming. Check for excess load, improper DC boost setting, DC brake volts set toohigh or other causes of excess current,Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded condition.An analog input is configured to fault on signal loss, A signal loss has occurred.Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear,Check the wiring between the drive and motor. Check motor for grounded phase,Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared,

Check the motor and drive output terminal wiring for a shorted condition.Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared,

F13 Ground Fault

F29 Analog Input Loss'1F33 Auto Rstrt Tries

F38 Phase U to Gnd

F39 Phase V to Gnd

F40 Phase W to Gnd

F41 Phase UV Short

F42 Phase UW Short

F43 Phase VW Short

F48 Params Defaulted The drive was commanded to write default values to EEPROM. Clear the fault or cycle power tothe drive. Program the drive parameters as needed.

F63 SW OverCurrent'1' Check load requirements and A098 [SW Current Trip] setting,F64 Drive Overload Reduce load or extend Accel Time,

F70 Power Unit Cycle power. Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared,F71 Net Loss The communication network has faulted,

F80 SVC Autotune The autotune function was either cancelled by the user of failed,F81 Comm Loss If adapter was not intentionally disconnected, check wiring to the port. Replace wiring, port

expander, adapters or complete drive as required. Check connection. An adapter wasintentionally disconnected. Turn off using A105 [Comm Loss Action].

F100 Parameter Checksum Restore factory defaults.F122 I/O Board Fail Cycle power. Replace drive if fault cannot be cleared.(D Auto-Reset/Run type fault. Configure with parameters A092 and A093.

9F-22 of 23

English-21

Drive Dimensions

PowerFlex 40 Frames - Ratings are in kW and (HP)Frame 120V AC-1-Phase 240V AC-1-Phase 240V AC - 3-Phase 480V AC - 3-Phase 600V AC - 3-Phase

B

Cd)

(1)

0.4 (0.5)

0.75(1.0)

1.1 (1.5)

0.4 (0.5)

0.75(1.0)

1.5(2.0)

2.2 (3.0)

0.4 (0.5)

0.75(1.0)

1.5 (2.0)

7.5)

10.0)

2.2 3.0

3.7 5

,0

5,5

7,5

0,4 (0,5)

0,75 (1.0)

1.5(2.0)

5.5 (7.5)

7.5(10.0)

2.2 (3.0)

4.0 (5.0)

0.75(1.0)

1.5 (2.0)

2.2 (3.0)

11.0 (15.0) 5,5 (7,5)7

,5(10.0)

4.0 (5.0)

11.0(15.0)

P66, NEMA/UL Type 4X rated drives are not availble in Frame C drive ratings.

IP20, NEMA/UL Type Open

CD

Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).Weights are in kilograms and (pounds).

Eas

ul A B C D E F WeightB 100 180 136 87 168 87.4 2

.2

(3.94) (7.09) (5.35) (3.43) (6.61) (3.44) (4.9)C 130 260 180 116 246 - 4

.3

(5.1) (10.2) (7.1) (4.57) (9.7) (9.5)

5.5 (0.22)

Communication, RFI Filter, IP 30/NEMA 1/UL Type 1 Option Kits79.1 (3,11) 107.0(4.21) 0 28

.5

64,1 (2.52) 66,0 (2,60) (1-12)40,6(1,60) 24,0(0,94) 0 22 225.6(1.01) 0222 (0 7)

(0,87)

109,9

(4.33)

152.2

(5,99)

1112

74'3 (4,38)(2,93) [ '

g'

ui

£ B Frame C Frame

Q Option Drive Drive

A Comm Cover 25 (0,98) 25 (0,98)B EMC Line Filter 50 (1,97) 60 (2,36)C EMC Line Filter 229 (9,02) 309 (12,17)D IP30/NEMA 1/UL 33(1,30) 60 (2.36)

Type 1IP30/NEMA 1/UL 64 (2,52) 60 (2.36)Type 1 for CommCover

B Frame 22-JBAB

77.5 (3.05)

50.0 (1.97)

22.5 (0.89)3 22.2

(0.87)

134.3

(5,29)

105,3

(4.15)

76,3(3,00)

C Frame-22-JBAC

108.7(4.28)

92.2 (3.63)

69.2 (2.72)

45.7(1.80)

22.2 (0.87)

5 28.5

(1.12)

0 22.2

(0.87)

179,8

(7.08)

144,8

(5,70)

.

,32)

B Frame-22-JBCB(used with Comm Cover)

C Frame-22-JBCC(used with Comm Cover)

9F-23 of 23

English-22

IP66, NEMA Type/UL Type 4X - Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches) Weights arein kilograms and (pounds).

165

(650) 146 6.5(5.75) (0.26)

46

(1.81) 23(0,91)

270(10,63)

253 198(9,96) (7,80)

28 124(1-10) (4,88)

8922 (3,50)

(0.87)

82,5(3,25)

Weight

5.2 (11,5)

www.rockwellautomation.com

Power, Control and Information Solutions HeadquartersAmericas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA

,Tel,(l) 414,382.2000,Fax:(l) 414,382.4444Europe/Middle East/Africa: Rockwell Automation, Vorstlaan/Boulevard du Souverain 36,1170 Bnissels, Belgium.Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, Level 14,Core ECyberport 3,100 Cyberport Road, Hong KongTel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846

Publication 22B-QS001F-EN-P - December 2008Supersedes May 2008 Copyright © 2008 Rockwell Amomation, Inc. All rights reserved,

Section Nine G

9G-1 of 6

2/2SERIES

8210

Features• Wide range of pressure ratings, sizes, and resilient

materials provide long service life and low internal leakage

• High Flow Valves for liquid, corrosive, and air/inert gas service

• Industrial applications include:- Car wash - Laundry equipment- Air compressors - Industrial water control- Pumps

Pilot OperatedGeneral Service Solenoid Valves

Brass or Stainless Steel Bodies3/8" to 2 1/2" NPT

NC

NO

Solenoid Enclosures

Electrical

Nominal Ambient Temp. RangesRedHat II/RedHat AC: 32˚F to 125˚F (0˚C to 52˚C)

RedHat II DC: 32˚F to 104˚F (0˚C to 40˚C)RedHat DC: 32˚F to 77˚F (0˚C to 25˚C)

(104˚F/40˚C occasionally)Refer to Engineering Section for details.

ApprovalsCSA certified. RedHat II meets applicable CE directives.Refer to Engineering Section for details.

Standard: RedHat II - Watertight, Types 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, and 4X; RedHat - Type I.Optional: RedHat II - Explosionproof and Watertight, Types 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P,7, and 9; Red-Hat - Explosionproof and Watertight, Types 3, 4, 4X, 7, and 9.(To order, add prefix “EF” to catalog number, except Catalog Numbers 8210B057,8210B058, and 8210B059, which are not available with Explosionproof enclosures.)See Optional Features Section for other available options.

Construction

4 2-W

AY

11

% )

Valve Parts in Contact with Fluids

Body Brass 304 Stainless Steel

Seals and Discs NBR or PTFE

Disc-Holder PA

Core Tube 305 Stainless Steel

Core and Plugnut 430F Stainless Steel

Springs 302 Stainless Steel

Shading Coil Copper Silver

StandardCoil andClass of

Insulation

Watt Rating and PowerConsumption Spare Coil Part Number

DCWatts

AC General Purpose Explosionproof

WattsVA

HoldingVA

Inrush AC DC AC DCF - 6.1 16 40 238210 - 238214 -F 11.6 10.1 25 70 238610 238710 238614 238714F 16.8 16.1 35 180 272610 97617 272614 97617F - 17.1 40 93 238610 - 238614 -F - 20 43 240 99257 - 99257 -F - 20.1 48 240 272610 - 272614 -H 30.6 - - - - 74073 - 74073H 40.6 - - - - 238910 - 238914

Standard Voltages: 24, 120, 240, 480 volts AC, 60 Hz (or 110, 220 volts AC, 50Hz). 6, 12, 24, 120, 240 volts DC. Must be specified when ordering.Other voltages available when required.

9G-2 of 6

alejandrom

Rectangle

alejandrom

Line

alejandrom

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

alejandrom

Line

mark

Text Box

2/2SERIES

8210 4

2-WAY

12

Specifications (English units)

PipeSize(ins.)

OrificeSize(ins.)

CvFlow

Factor

Operating Pressure Differential (psi)Max. FluidTemp. ˚F Brass Body Stainless Steel Body

Watt Rating/Class of CoilInsulation �

Min.

Max. AC Max. DC

Air-InertGas Water

Light Oil @300 SSU

Air-InertGas Water

Light Oil @300 SSU AC DC

CatalogNumber

Const.Ref. �

UL �Listing

CatalogNumber

Const.Ref. �

UL �Listing AC DC

NORMALLY CLOSED (Closed when de-energized), NBR or PTFE � Seating3/8 3/8 1.5 � 150 125 - 40 40 - 180 150 8210G073 � 1P � 8210G036 � 1P � 6.1/F 11.6/F3/8 5/8 3 0 150 150 - 40 40 - 180 150 8210G093 5D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/8 5/8 3 5 200 150 135 125 100 100 180 150 8210G001 6D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F3/8 5/8 3 5 300 300 300 - - - 175 - 8210G006 5D � - - - 17.1/F -1/2 7/16 2.2 � 150 125 - 40 40 - 180 150 8210G015 � 2P � 8210G037 � 2P � 6.1/F 11.6/F1/2 5/8 4 0 150 150 - 40 40 - 180 150 8210G094 5D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F1/2 5/8 4 0 150 150 125 40 40 - 175 150 - - - 8210G087 7D � 17.1/F 11.6/F1/2 5/8 4 5 200 150 135 125 100 100 180 150 8210G002 6D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F1/2 5/8 4 5 300 300 300 - - - 175 - 8210G007 5D � - - - 17.1/F -1/2 3/4 4 5 - 300 - - 300 - 180 125 8210G227 5D � - - - 17.1/F 40.6/H3/4 5/8 4.5 0 150 150 125 40 40 - 175 150 - - - 8210G088 7D � 17.1/F 11.6/F3/4 3/4 5 5 125 125 125 100 90 75 180 150 8210G009 9D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F3/4 3/4 5 0 150 150 - 40 40 - 180 150 8210G095 8D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/4 3/4 6.5 5 250 150 100 125 125 125 180 150 8210G003 11D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F3/4 3/4 6 0 - - - 200 180 180 - 77 8210B026 � ‡ 10P - - - - - 30.6/H3/4 3/4 6 0 350 300 200 - - - 200 - 8210G026 � ‡ 40P � - - - 16.1F -1 1 13 0 - - - 100 100 80 - 77 8210B054 ‡ 31D - 8210D089 15D - - 30.6/H1 1 13 0 150 125 125 - - - 180 - 8210G054 41D � 8210G089 45D � 16.1/F -1 1 13 5 150 150 100 125 125 125 180 150 8210G004 12D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F1 1 13.5 0 300 225 115 - - - 200 - 8210G027 ‡ 42P � - - - 20.1/F -1 1 13.5 10 300 300 300 - - - 175 - 8210G078 � 13P - - - - 17.1/F -

1 1/4 1 1/8 15 0 - - - 100 100 80 - 77 8210B055 ‡ 32D - - - - - 30.6/H1 1/4 1 1/8 15 0 150 125 125 - - - 180 - 8210G055 43D � - - - 16.1/F -1 1/4 1 1/8 15 5 150 150 100 125 125 125 180 150 8210G008 16D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F1 1/2 1 1/4 22.5 0 - - - 100 100 80 - 77 8210B056 ‡ 33D - - - - - 30.6/H1 1/2 1 1/4 22.5 0 150 125 125 - - - 180 - 8210G056 44D � - - - 16.1/F -1 1/2 1 1/4 22.5 5 150 150 100 125 125 125 180 150 8210G022 18D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F

2 1 3/4 43 5 150 125 90 50 50 50 180 150 8210G100 20P � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F2 1/2 1 3/4 45 5 150 125 90 50 50 50 180 150 8210G101 21P � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F

NORMALLY OPEN (Open when de-energized), NBR Seating (PA Disc-Holder, except as noted)3/8 5/8 3 0 150 150 125 125 125 80 180 150 8210G033 23D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/8 5/8 3 5 250 200 200 250 200 200 180 180 8210G011 39D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F1/2 5/8 4 0 150 150 125 125 125 80 180 150 8210G034 23D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F1/2 5/8 3 0 150 150 100 125 125 80 180 150 - - - 8210G030 37D � 10.1/F 11.6/F1/2 5/8 4 5 250 200 200 250 200 200 180 180 8210G012 39D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/4 3/4 5.5 0 150 150 125 125 125 80 180 150 8210G035 25D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/4 5/8 3 0 150 150 100 125 125 80 180 150 - - - 8210G038 38D � 10.1/F 11.6/F3/4 3/4 6.5 5 - - - 250 200 200 - 180 8210C013 24D � - - - - 16.8/F3/4 3/4 6.5 5 250 200 200 - - - 180 - 8210G013 46D � - - - 16.1/F -1 1 13 0 125 125 125 - - - 180 - 8210B057 � � 34D � - - - 20/F -1 1 13 5 - - - 125 125 125 - 180 8210D014 26D � - - - - 16.8/F1 1 13 5 150 150 125 - - - 180 - 8210G014 47D � - - - 16.1/F -

1 1/4 1 1/8 15 0 125 125 125 - - - 180 - 8210B058 � � 35D � - - - 20/F -1 1/4 1 1/8 15 5 - - - 125 125 125 - 180 8210D018 28D � - - - - 16.8/F1 1/4 1 1/8 15 5 150 150 125 - - - 180 - 8210G018 48D � - - - 16.1/F -1 1/2 1 1/4 22.5 0 125 125 125 - - - 180 - 8210B059 � � 36D � - - - 20/F -1 1/2 1 1/4 22.5 5 - - - 125 125 125 - 180 8210D032 29D � - - - - 16.8/F1 1/2 1 1/4 22.5 5 150 150 125 - - - 180 - 8210G032 49D � - - - 16.1/F -

2 1 3/4 43 5 - - - 125 125 125 - 150 8210 103 30P � - - - - 16.8/F2 1 3/4 43 5 125 125 125 - - - 180 - 8210G103 50P � - - - 16.1/F -

2 1/2 1 3/4 45 5 - - - 125 125 125 - 150 8210 104 27P � - - - - 16.8/F2 1/2 1 3/4 45 5 125 125 125 - - - 180 - 8210G104 51P � - 16.1/F -

� 5 psi on Air; 1 psi on Water. � Valves not available with Explosionproof enclosures.� Valve provided with PTFE main disc. � On 50 hertz service, the watt rating for the 6.1/F solenoid is 8.1 watts.� Valve includes UItem (G.E. trademark) piston. AC construction also has PA seating. � Letter “D” denotes diaphragm construction; “P” denotes piston construction. No disc-holder.� � Safety Shutoff Valve; � General Purpose Valve. � Stainless steel disc-holder.Refer to Engineering Section (Approvals) for details. ‡ Must have solenoid mounted vertical and upright.

9G-3 of 6

alejandrom

Rectangle

alejandrom

Line

alejandrom

Text Box

EF

alejandrom

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

2/2SERIES

82104 2-W

AY

13

PipeSize(ins.)

OrificeSize(mm)

Kv FlowFactor(m3/h)

Operating Pressure Differential (bar) Max.Fluid

Temp. ˚C Brass Body Stainless Steel Body

Watt Rating/Class of Coil Insulation �

Min.

Max. AC Max. DC

Air-InertGas Water

Light Oil @300 SSU

Air-InertGas Water

Light Oil @300 SSU AC DC

CatalogNumber

Const.Ref. �

UL �Listing

CatalogNumber

Const.Ref. �

UL �Listing AC DC

NORMALLY CLOSED (Closed when de-energized), NBR or PTFE � Seating3/8 10 1.29 � 10 9 - 3 3 - 82 65 8210G073 � 1P � 8210G036 � 1P � 6.1/F 11.6/F3/8 16 2.57 0 10 10 - 3 3 - 82 65 8210G093 5D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/8 16 2.57 0.3 14 10 9 9 7 7 82 65 8210G001 6D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F3/8 16 2.57 0.3 21 21 21 - - - 79 - 8210G006 5D � - - - 17.1/F -1/2 11 1.89 � 10 9 - 3 3 - 82 65 8210G015 � 2P � 8210G037 � 2P � 6.1/F 11.6/F1/2 16 3.43 0 10 10 - 3 3 - 82 65 8210G094 5D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F1/2 16 3.43 0 10 10 9 3 3 - 79 65 - - - 8210G087 7D � 17.1/F 11.6/F1/2 16 3.43 0.3 14 10 9 9 7 7 82 65 8210G002 6D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F1/2 16 3.43 0.3 21 21 21 - - - 79 - 8210G007 5D � - - - 17.1/F -1/2 19 3.43 0.3 - 21 - - 21 - 82 52 8210G227 5D � - - - 17.1/F 40.6H3/4 16 3.86 0 10 10 9 3 3 - 79 65 - - - 8210G088 7D � 17.1/F 11.6/F3/4 19 4.29 0.3 9 9 9 7 6 5 82 65 8210G009 9D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F3/4 19 4.29 0 10 10 - 3 3 - 82 65 8210G095 8D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/4 19 5.57 0.3 17 10 7 9 9 9 82 65 8210G003 11D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F3/4 19 5.14 0 - - - 14 12 12 - 25 8210B026 � ‡ 10P - - - - - 30.6/H3/4 19 5.14 0 24 21 14 - - - 93 - 8210G026 � ‡ 40P � - - - 16.1F -1 25 11.14 0 - - - 7 7 6 - 25 8210B054 ‡ 31D - 8210D089 15D - - 30.6/H1 25 11.14 0 10 9 9 - - - 82 - 8210G054 41D � 8210G089 45D � 16.1/F -1 25 11.14 0.3 10 10 7 9 9 9 82 65 8210G004 12D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F1 25 11.57 0 21 16 8 - - - 93 - 8210G027 ‡ 42P � - - - 20.1/F -1 25 11.57 0.7 21 21 21 - - - 79 - 8210G078 � 13P - - - - 17.1/F -

1 1/4 29 12.86 0 - - - 7 7 6 - 25 8210B055 ‡ 32D - - - - - 30.6/H1 1/4 29 12.86 0 10 9 9 - - - 82 - 8210G055 43D � - - - 16.1/F -1 1/4 29 12.86 0.3 10 10 7 9 9 9 82 65 8210G008 16D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F1 1/2 32 19.29 0 - - - 7 7 6 - 25 8210B056 ‡ 33D - - - - - 30.6/H1 1/2 32 19.29 0 10 9 9 - - - 82 - 8210G056 44D � - - - 16.1/F -1 1/2 32 19.29 0.3 10 10 7 9 9 9 82 65 8210G022 18D � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F

2 44 36.86 0.3 10 9 6 3 3 3 82 65 8210G100 20P � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F2 1/2 44 38.57 0.3 10 9 6 3 3 3 82 65 8210G101 21P � - - - 6.1/F 11.6/F

NORMALLY OPEN (Open when de-energized), NBR Seating (PA Disc-Holder, except as noted)3/8 16 2.57 0.0 10 10 9 9 9 6 82 65 8210G033 23D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/8 16 2.57 0.3 17 14 14 17 14 14 82 82 8210G011 39D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F1/2 16 3.43 0 10 10 9 9 9 6 82 65 8210G034 23D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F1/2 16 2.57 0 10 10 7 9 9 6 82 65 - - - 8210G030 37D � 10.1/F 11.6/F1/2 16 3.43 0.3 17 14 14 17 14 14 82 82 8210G012 39D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/4 19 4.71 0 10 10 9 9 9 6 82 65 8210G035 25D � - - - 10.1/F 11.6/F3/4 16 2.57 0 10 10 7 9 9 6 82 65 - - - 8210G038 38D � 10.1/F 11.6/F3/4 19 5.57 0.3 - - - 17 14 14 - 82 8210C013 24D � - - - - 16.8/F3/4 19 5.57 0.3 17 14 14 - - - 82 - 8210G013 46D � - - - 16.1/F -1 25 11.14 0 9 9 9 - - - 82 - 8210B057 � � 34D � - - - 20/F -1 25 11.14 0.3 - - - 9 9 9 - 82 8210D014 26D � - - - - 16.8/F1 25 11.14 0.3 10 10 9 - - - 82 - 8210G014 47D � - - - 16.1/F -

1 1/4 29 12.86 0 9 9 9 - - - 82 - 8210B058 � � 35D � - - - 20/F -1 1/4 29 12.86 0.3 - - - 9 9 9 - 82 8210D018 28D � - - - - 16.8/F1 1/4 29 12.86 0.3 10 10 9 - - - 82 - 8210G018 48D � - - - 16.1/F -1 1/2 32 19.29 0 9 9 9 - - - 82 - 8210B059 � � 36D � - - - 20/F -1 1/2 32 19.29 0.3 - - - 9 9 9 - 82 8210D032 29D � - - - - 16.8/F1 1/2 32 19.29 0.3 10 10 9 - - - 82 - 8210G032 49D � - - - 16.1/F -

2 44 36.86 0.3 - - - 9 9 9 - 65 8210 103 30P � - - - - 16.8/F2 44 36.86 0.3 9 9 9 - - - 82 - 8210G103 50P � - - - 16.1/F -

2 1/2 44 38.57 0.3 - - - 9 9 9 - 65 8210 104 27P � - - - - 16.8/F2 1/2 44 38.57 0.3 9 9 9 - - - 82 - 8210G104 51P � - - - 16.1/F -

� 0.3 bar on Air; 0.0 bar on Water. � Valves not available with Explosionproof enclosures.� Valve provided with PTFE main disc. � On 50 hertz service, the watt rating for the 6.1/F solenoid is 8.1 watts.� Valve includes UItem (G.E. trademark) piston. AC construction also has PA seating. � Letter “D” denotes diaphragm construction; “P” denotes piston construction. No disc-holder.� � Safety Shutoff Valve; � General Purpose Valve. � Stainless steel disc-holder.Refer to Engineering Section (Approvals) for details. ‡ Must have solenoid mounted vertical and upright.

Specifications (Metric units)

9G-4 of 6

alejandrom

Rectangle

alejandrom

Line

alejandrom

Text Box

EF

alejandrom

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

2/2SERIES

82104 2-W

AY

15

Dimensions: inches (mm)

K

P

H

L

FLOW

NPTBOTH ENDS

7/8 DIA. HOLE FOR1/2 CONDUIT CONN.

1.625 [41.3]

W

1.656 [42]

.281 [7.1] DIA.2 MOUNTING HOLES

OPTIONAL MOUNTING BRACKET

Const. Ref. 10, 15, 24, 26-36

L

P

H

K

W

NPT BOTH ENDS

1/2 NPT

FLOW

IN

Const. Ref. 12, 16, 18

Const.Ref. H K L P W

30ins. 8.22 X 5.06 5.47 4.87

mm 209 X 129 139 124

31ins. 5.25 X 3.75 4.44 3.25

mm 133 X 95 113 83

32ins. 5.69 X 3.66 4.69 3.25

mm 145 X 93 119 83

33ins. 6.06 X 4.38 4.94 3.91

mm 154 X 111 125 99

34ins. 6.91 X 3.75 6.09 3.25

mm 176 X 95 155 83

35ins. 7.34 X 3.66 6.34 3.25

mm 186 X 93 161 83

36ins. 7.66 X 4.38 6.56 3.91

mm 1.95 X 111 167 99

37ins. 4.61 2.75 2.81 3.89 2.39

mm 117 70 71 99 61

38ins. 4.61 2.75 2.81 3.89 2.39

mm 117 70 71 99 61

39ins. 5.42 2.31 2.75 4.86 3.80

mm 138 59 70 123 97

40ins. 5.20 3.29 2.81 4.50 2.28

mm 132 83 71 114 58

41ins. 5.13 3.10 3.75 4.32 3.25

mm 130 79 95 110 83

42ins. 6.43 4.40 3.93 5.62 3.25

mm 163 112 100 143 83

43ins. 5.57 3.35 3.66 4.57 3.25

mm 142 85 93 116 83

44ins. 5.90 3.57 4.38 4.79 3.91

mm 150 91 111 122 99

45ins. 5.26 3.17 3.75 4.38 3.84

mm 134 81 95 111 98

46ins. 4.95 3.10 3.84 4.31 2.75

mm 126 79 98 110 70

47ins. 6.43 3.59 3.75 4.81 3.52

mm 163 91 95 122 90

48ins. 6.43 3.59 3.66 4.81 3.73

mm 163 91 93 122 95

49ins. 6.91 3.75 4.38 4.96 4.40

mm 176 95 111 126 112

50ins. 8.13 4.15 5.06 5.37 4.87

mm 207 105 129 136 124

51ins. 8.13 4.15 5.50 5.37 5.18

mm 207 105 140 136 132

IMPORTANT: Valves may be mounted in any position, except as noted in specifications table.

9G-5 of 6

mark

Line

mark

Rectangle

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

2/2SERIES

8210 4

2-WAY

16

Dimensions: inches (mm)

NPTBOTH ENDS

K

P

H

L

FLOW

1/2 NPT

W


1.66 [42]

SHOWING MOUNTING BRACKET ONLY

Const. Ref. 39

1/2 NPT

1.656 [42]

1.625 [41.32]


OPTIONAL MOUNTING BRACKET

W

NPTBOTH ENDS

L

FLOW

K

P

H

Const. Ref. 40-51

9G-6 of 6

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Line

mark

Text Box

Section Nine H

9H-1 of 2

9H-2 of 2

r-- 19.25

/- 17.00----

POLYMER INJECTION

1-1/2" FLANGE POLYMER FEED

MANIFOLD BLOCK

il~~ - -- -- -7 ,

11-=''''__________ 1--, -0---l11-.00 FLOW

: \ [ ~~== ____ \J

FLANGE BOLT SETS ----..,----------_. AND GASKETS BY OTHERS

1/2" TUBE

ADJUSTABLE COUNTERWEIGHT MUST BE FREE TO SWING 180'

6" FLANGED SLUDGE CONDITIONING SYSTEM ASSEMBLY NO. 5125-012

rajeevr

Text Box

SECTION TEN

Hycor® ThickTech™ Unit DRAWINGS

! DANGER !

REVIEW ALL SAFETY PRACTICES LISTED IN SECTION ONE BEFORE PROCEEDING.

10-1

Control Panel BOM/Drawings

51032504~05 Rev-C As-Built

Clinton, IABILL OF MATERIALS

Page 1 of 2

ITEM TAG QTY MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

1 BLK 3 Ferraz Shawmut FSPDB2A 600V 175A 1 pole (1)2/0-#14, (4)#2-#14

2 BLK 2 Ferraz Shawmut FSPIN1(2) Qty 2, PDB Accessory Pin to form Multi Pole Block

3 CAB1 3 Leviton Mfg. 5G460-03L Cat5 Cable, Blue, 3ft length

4 CAB2 2 Leviton Mfg. 5G460-07L Cat5 Cable, Blue, 7ft length

5 CB1 1 Allen Bradley Co. 1489-C2E-C10 3 Pole Motor Protector Circuit Breaker ,6.3-10A

6 CB101 1 Allen Bradley Co. 1489-A1C100 1 Pole Circuit Breaker ,10A

7 CB132/135 2 Allen Bradley Co. 1489-A1C050 1 Pole Circuit Breaker ,5A

8 CB139 1 Allen Bradley Co. 1489-A1C060 1Pole Circuit Breaker ,6A

9 CB2 1 Allen Bradley Co. 140M-C2E-B25 3 Pole Motor Protector Circuit Breaker ,1.6-2.5A

10 NOT USED

11 NOT USED

12 CBM 1 Allen Bradley Co. 1494V-C125-A-B Circuit Breaker Operator Kit, Long Rod, Stainless Steel Handle

13 CB-M 1 Allen Bradley Co. 140U-H2C3-C40 Circuit Breaker, 480V, 40A, 3 Pole, 25kAIC, w/lugs

14 CR-/MR- 1 Allen Bradley Co. 700-HF34A1-4 General Purpose 240V Max 10 Amp Max

15 CR-SCKT 1 Allen Bradley Co. 700-HN139 Mini 14-Blade Base Socket

16 ENDAR 2 Allen Bradley Co. 1492-EAJ35 Screw End Anchor - STD for 35mm Din

17 ENDBR 2 Allen Bradley Co. 1492-EBJ3 End Barrier Gray

18 ETHT 2 Allen Bradley Co. 22-COMM-E PowerFlex Component Class, EtherNet/IP Adapter

19 FU 6 Bussmann FNM-2 250V 2A Time-Delay Fuse

20 FU 4 Bussmann FNM-5 250V 5A Time-Delay Fuse

21 NOT USED

22 FU 2 Bussmann FNQ-R-4-1/2 600V 4.5A Class CC

23 GND 1 Siemens ECGB10 Ground Bar Kit

24 HLDR 9 Allen Bradley Co. 1492-FB1M30 DIN Rail MTG Fuse Holder

25 L1 1 Allen Bradley Co. 800H-PRH16W 30.5mm Push Buttons Pilot Light, LED

26 LR1 1 MTE RL-00403 Line Reactor, 480 V, 4A, 9.0mh inductance, open type

27 LR2 1 MTE RL-00103 Line Reactor, 480 V, 1A, 36.0mh inductance, open type

28 M1 1 Allen Bradley Co. 509-B0D-A2F Nema full voltage non reversing starter, Size 1

29 MCP 1 Allen Bradley Co. 140M-H8P-C15 Motor Circuit Protector Breaker, 15A, for/electronic OL

30 OIP 1 Allen Bradley Co. 2711P-T10C4D1 PanelView Plus 1000, Touch, Enet, DC PS, STD Mem

31 PB1 1 Allen Bradley Co. 800H-FRXT6D4 30.5mm type 4/4X/13 2 pos pb-non-illum

Date: January 17, 2011

51032504~05 Rev-C As-Built

Clinton, IABILL OF MATERIALS

Page 2 of 2

ITEM TAG QTY MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

32 PB2 1 Allen Bradley Co. 800H-R2D1 30.5mm Push Button Operator

33 PLC 1 Allen Bradley Co. 1769-L23E-QB1B Compactlogix Ethernet Processor, 512kb memory

34 PNL1 1 Hoffman Engineering A48P36 Subpanel

35 PNL2 1 Hoffman Engineering A48HS3712SS6LP Nema 4x Enclosure, 316L

36 PWR1/2 2 Sola SDP4-24-100RT Power Supply 24VDC, 4.2A, DIN Mnt, UL508, Listed

37 RECEPT 1 Hubbell DRUB15H Horizontal mount 15A, 125V Receptacle

38 RESET 1 Allen Bradley Co. 193-ERR Remote reset module

39 STD 1 Hoffman Engineering AFK2412SS 24" H Floor Stand Kit Stainless Steel

40 SURGE 1 Allen Bradley Co. 4983-DC120-5 Surge Protection, 120V, 5A

41 SWTCH 1 Sixnet SLX-5MS-MDM SIXNET Industrial Ethernet Managed switch, 5 Ports

42 T1 1 Sola E750WB 750VA, 480/240V Pri. 120V Sec. 2

43 TB 100 Allen Bradley Co. 1492-J3 Term Block IEC Rated 600V 25A, Gray, 30-12 AWG

44 TB-CKT 3 Allen Bradley Co. 1492-JG4 IEC 1-ckt feed-through grd blk, 4mm

45 NOT USED

46 VFD1/2 2 Allen Bradley Co. 22B-CCB PowerFlex Comm Adapter Cover, B-Frame

47 VFD1 1 Allen Bradley Co. 22B-D6P0F104 PowerFlex40 AC Drive, 480VAC, 3PH, 6A, 2.2kW, 3HP, IP20 (open), LED Display

48 VFD2 1 Allen Bradley Co. 22B-D1P4F104 PowerFlex40 AC Drive, 480VAC, 3 PH, 1.4A, .4kW, .5HP, IP20 (open), LED Display

48 MR- 1 Allen Bradley Co. 700-HF32A1-4 2-Pole General Purpose Relay, 120VAC Coil, 240V Max 10 Amp Max

50 CR- 4 Allen Bradley Co. 700-HF32Z24-4 2-Pole General Purpose Relay, 24VDC Coil, 240V Max 10 Amp Max

51 CR-SCKT 5 Allen Bradley Co. 700-HN116 8-Blade Base Socket

52 CR406 1 Allen Bradley Co. 700-HLT1Z24 Electromechanical Relay, 24VDC , Output SPDT

53 DINRAIL 2 Allen Bradley Co. 199-DR1 35mm DIN Rail, 1M

54 DUCT 3 Panduit F1.5X3LG6 Grey Duct, 1.5"W, 3"H, 6'L

55 DUCT 3 Panduit C1.5LG6 Grey Cover, 1.5"W,6'L

56 DUCT 1 Panduit F1X3LG6 Grey Duct, 1"W, 3"H, 6'L

57 DUCT 1 Panduit C1LG6 Grey Cover, 1"W, 6'L

Date: January 17, 2011

CUSTOMER PROVIDED POWER

PARKSON PROVIDED NEMA 4XMAIN CONTROL ENCLOSURE

40 AMP

ROTARY DRUM

3HP

M1

FLA=3.8

FLOCCULATION MIXER

1/2HP

M2

FLA=0.9

VFD

1

VFD

120VAC, 1Ø 60 Hz

4.5AMP

750VA

SEE SHEET

N

WIRE#12 AWG

3

2

WIRE#12 AWG

WIRE#12 AWG

#10 AWG WIRE

FNQ-R-4-1/2

SEE SHEET6

SEE SHEET6

GNDLUG

GNDX2

H1 H3 H4H2

X3X1 X4

A, B, C

L2L1

L1, L2, L3

480 VAC, 3Ø, 60Hz.

CB110A

CB22.5A

BOOSTER PUMP

5HP

M3

FLA=6.0

WIRE#12 AWG

SEE SHEET

7

MCP115A

M3

T1

CB-M

LR1 LR2

This drawing and all appurtenant matter contains information proprietaryto PARKSON CORPORATION and is loaned subject to return upondemand and must not be reproduced, copied, loaned, revealed, nor usedfor any purpose other than that for which itis specifically furnished without expressed written consent of PARKSONCORPORATION. The Owner, Project Engineer, and all others involvedwith the project design must implement and follow all safety standardsrequired by local, state and federal lawswhen incorporating Parkson Corporation equipment into the overallproject design. Parkson Corporation will not be responsible for locationand/or placement of equipment in the plant design, nor is ParksonCorporation responsible for plant safety design andfor the failure to follow appropriate safety precautions in the operation andmaintenance of Parkson Corporation equipment.

SHEET OF

PROJECT NAME: CITY OF CLINTON, IOWA

PROJECT NUMBER: 510325

Parkson Corporation

1401 W. Cypress Creek Rd.

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309

RDT400 - ROTARY DRUM THICKNER


SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation





SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation





SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation





SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation





SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation





SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation




This drawing and all appurtenant matter contains information proprietaryto PARKSON CORPORATION and is loaned subject to return upondemand and must not be reproduced, copied, loaned, revealed, nor usedfor any purpose other than that for which itis specifically furnished without expressed written consent of PARKSONCORPORATION. The Owner, Project Engineer, and all others involvedwith the project design must implement and follow all safety standardsrequired by local, state and federal lawswhen incorporating Parkson Corporation equipment into the overallproject design. Parkson Corporation will not be responsible for locationand/or placement of equipment in the plant design, nor is ParksonCorporation responsible for plant safety design andfor the failure to follow appropriate safety precautions in the operation andmaintenance of Parkson Corporation equipment. SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation




33.0"

24

.0"

48

.0"

37.5"

15.0"

3.0"

2.5"

11

.0"

8.0

"

5.0

"

45

.0"

5.5

"1

2.8

"1

3.3

"

20

.7"

9.0

"

13.7" 3.5"

2.0"2.0"

1.5

"

3.84"

6.84"

2.03"

2.03"

.75 X Ø0.44"SLOT


SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation





SHEET OF



Parkson Corporation




Equipment Drawings

NOTE:

1. ALL 316 STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION EXCEPT FOR TRUNNION WHEELS. DRIVE MOTORS. DRIVE CHAIN. SPROCKETS. HANDLES. CABLE PULL SAFETY SWITCH. BEARING BLOCK AND MANUAL CLEANING SPRAY BRUSH.

2. DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS:

DRUM GEARMoTOR: 3 HP [2.3 kW]. 1800 RPM. 230/460 V. 3 PH. 60 HZ. TEFC. SEVERE DUTY.

FLOC GEARMoTOR: 1/2 HP [.37 kW]. 1800 RPM. 230/460 v. 3 PH. 60 HZ. TEFC. SEVERE DUTY.

BOOSTER puMp MOTOR: 5 HP. [3.7 kW]. 3500 RPM. 230/460 v. 3 PH. 60 HZ. TEFC. SEVERE DUTY.

3. DRUM SPEED: 9 RPM MAXIMuM

1.00 [25.4]

---~

f--------25.00 [635.0]--------4

1r.""'~2T'-- 23.00 [584.2]---------4 29TS-BPOl

_---- CABLE ENTRY 3/4" NPT

29TS-BP02 r -------

.:=:~ C ~'i i:i-:I r-1 t II I I II [203.2]

~ "" "~ 1000 ~ L I 1:1 [254.0]

~.: __ :ru __ --~:: ____ ~~:: j

TYPICAL

LOOSE

"Q"X ""0"

"B" BOLT 4. RECOMMENDED MINIMuM CLEARANCE TO BE 36.00 [914.4] AROUND UNIT AND 36.00 [914.4] ABOVE UNIT.

5. ALL EXTERNAL PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THICKTECH UNIT.

6. EST. DRY WEIGHT: 7.820 LB [3548 k9]; OPERATING WEIGHT: 16.070 [7290 k9]

7. TOTAL SPRAY USAGE WITH BOOSTER puMp AT 100 PSI [6.9 BAR]: 19.00 GPM [1.2 L/s]

8.31 [211.1]---j

______________ ~o=o=o.=_ =>---"--N -

f---------31.87 [809.5]----------1

1---------32.31 [820.7]------------1

BOOSTER puMp MOUNTING HOLE LOCATIONS

4X ".69 [17.5] MOUNTING HOLES "F" 00

CIRCLE DIA 1ti __ --Lt PIPE 00 REF

I

(316L SST)...! WEIGHT: 180 LB [B2 kg]

SCALE: l/B" ~ 1" FLAT FACE RING 8. THE SPRAY HEADER ASSEMBLY MAY BE ROTATED SLIGHTLY TO OPTIMIZE THE

SPRAY ANGLE FOR CLEANING THE DRUM SCREEN. PROVIDE APPROXIMATELY 2 FEET OF SLACK IN THE HOSE TO ALLOW FOR POSSIBLE SPRAY HEADER ROTATION.

9. DIMENSIONS WRITTEN IN INCHES [mm] UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

10. TWo (2) UNITS SUPPLIED.

/---66.96 [1700.8]

CABLE ENTRY 1/2" NPT

12.25 [311.2]

t .89 [22.6]-il-

28.00 1.2] UNIT

56.00 [1422.4] MOUNTING HOLE CENTERS

This dnlirlng and all appurtenant matter contains Information

MANUAL CLEANING SPRAY HEADER

83.94

6" FLANGE INFLUENT

TRY ________

NPT

1.13 TO OF

3.19 TO OF

[28.6] END SKID

[81.0] END -SKID

INPUT -4X LIFTING LUGS /

[152.5]_ 6.00 TY P

PLAN VIEW

281.06 [7139.0]

PRESSURE GAUGE. LIQUID 7 tTER SPRAY FROM BOOSTER puMp (INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED). 2-1/2" DIAL. DUAL SCALE. 1" HOSE X 1" NPT CONNECTION TO puMp DISCHARGE. ~ (0-~100 KPa). 1-1/4" WATER SOURCE CONNECTION TO puMp SUCTION.

1 If -II .--. - "

.--. - , , .--. vr I' " " I I I I I I' , -,

"

, I

" ~

~ ..;;- 1 , I , I I I I 1 , I , I I I

I

IL _____ J I'

" " - 1 " " " "

, I

I

'\ -.JL __ _-.JL ____ __-.JL _____

IF~ + l I \, V 0 I \

_1\, 8X ".63 [6.0] MOUNTING HOLES/ 66.25 [1682.8]

CABLE PULL SAFETY I- SWITCH 3/4" NPT.

TYP 2X

- 18.75 _,36.00 132.00 [3352.8] 36.00 476.3 914.4 914

MouNTING HOLE CENTERS .4]

propriemry to pARKSON CORPORATION. and Is loaned subject to 1-_-+ ____________ -+ __ -+_--1 retum upon demand and must nat be reproduced, copied, loaned, revealed, nor used for any purpose other thon that for Which it Is specfficolly furnished Without expressed written consent of PARKSON CORPORATION, The OWner, Project Engineer, and al!

_PRELIMINARY _APPROVA DRAWN BY DATE

RSS OS/25/10

_INFORMATION XCERTIFIED CHECKED BY DATE

STAIN' FSS STEEL FLANGE DFTA"

\ - rJ!f ' 'I I 1'1 , " , , , 'I!i! I 'I' SOLIDS , L : ': DISCHARGE r,

_ ___ -.J I \\)

\ I 1 1I

I c;;l

FLANGE PIPE aD B 6" 6.625 9.5D 8" 8.625 11.75

18" 18.00 22.75

14.16 [359.7]

~-'\~ ~ 89.77 [2

MAX 280.2]

N. TYP. ~ ~ DOOR OPE

7.00 [177.8]

~13.00 [76.2]

18.75~ ~ ~

0 "Q" F .88 (8) 11.00

.88 (8) 13.50

1.00 (16) 25.00

54.71 [1389.6]

J:AX DOOR OPEN.

TYP

CYLINDER ROTATiON

R~ 18

30.00 [761.9]

" FLANGE - [476.3] ~-------------1 SO LIDS DIS CHARGE

1-42•31 [1074.7]- ~I

60.00 ::4.0] , I

1---65.50 [1663.7]~ 77.05 ,_ DISC

TYP MAX DOOR OPEN. TYP HARGE CHUTE SUPPORT - 2 PLCS

PROJECT NAME IDlE

PROJECT NuMBER: 510325 BEAVER CHANNEL puMp STATION

CLINTON. IA

RDT400

10/06/10 MSK mls DRAWING IS U~ITED TO FUNCTIoNAL DESIGN.

08/09/10 MSK GENEAAL ARRAhI~ENT AND CL.El\RANCE. NO RESPONslBJUTY IS ACCEPTED BY PARKSON CORPORAllON FOR OTHER DIMENSIONS, OUANlmES,

others involved With the project design must Implement and follawl---,,--+""'''''XOrnr1.nn''-------+----:----:-+-,,---4 all safety standords required by local, state and federol laws B SHO TAG LOcAno When Incorporating Parbon Corporation equipment Into the overolll--7-fCi5f0'fR:¥RE,"CTm0R.'JRil'iiNWL"0"icA"~",ON!Ll!'N,-",OEl",~,,,L,--,-l --+-:.,-'-:-+-,----1 project design. Po1'kson Corporation Will not be responsible for A PLATfO UPDAlE & location and/or placement of equipment in the plant design. nor EQu!pME T REFERENCE LOcATION is Parkson Corporation responsible for plant safety design and 1--'-'----1-"''"''''''''"--''='''''''''''--''''''''''''''------+-:.,-:.,-+---1

MSK OS/26/10

SCAlE SIZE Par s.11 REFERENCE INFORMATION DRAWING No

HYCOR ® THICKTECH 111

ROTARY DRUM THICKENER

51032501 OR cooRmtiATloN WITH O1HER EQUiPMENT OR B SPECIFICATION SECTION: 11142

''1'' .50

.50

.75

83.93 [2132.2]

80.47 [2044.0]

REV

for the failure to folloW appropriate safety Prec<llltions in the REV DESCRIPTION operation and maintenonce of Pol'kson Corporation equipment. DATE BY DRAWINGS EXCEPT /IS srATED IN PURCtW)E ORDER,

1/42"=1" SHEET 1 OF 2 B

'i------------------------34'-��" REF. 29DIDI----------------------I

WAlL

0~

- - - - - - - - - - - -IH]- - - - - - - - - - _C;O'~_

7a.00 [19aI.2] REF

----- -----

6D.00 [1524.D]

J

I

[8J [8] SJ REF.

6" FlANGE I INFlUENT-lYP

60.00 [1524.0]

----- -----

SUPPORT LEG ADJUSTMENT

lYP-BOTH SIDES

ill~mrliITDTITIJ;ffi~1ll1IT1 I I ==

-L IB.75 [476.3] I REF

50.00 [1270.0]

DETAIL 1

bzB.OO [711.2] ~, b9.72 -j

[500.9] 39.44 [1001.8]

I IITIITII::f,rlitnl= ] 3.DO 76.2

f-42.31 [1074.6] REF [ ]

7.00 [177.8]

t

VIEW-1S" FLANGE SOLIDS DISCHARGE

_ _ __ _ _ "'~ ___ _ _ --IHI-- ______________ ~"'::':~JI~-~~$~--------'V~-----J=::-~"2~~~2g!N"~0'lIa).10-0-[2-7-43-.2-]-~------2-b~-r-~-gN-R-------J.-.

,--,

.~ ~ I .... .... IID'""'iI I II

./ I.i,---- II

"'-J~ .jl- ~ ,I, IL ___ ...I II

I I II

L JL

~ r,--- ,0 lO ~

TTTTTTT'D I

-----------------

.... , I .... ....11 -11: \J II II I " II II I "

" II iii I II II II iii JL JL

Jl ________

i ~l, SOLIDS

,~~CHARGE J ,;

/ /

SEE ~ErAIL1

u<> ~ ~~ -0'.00 [76.2] EL: 597.75

LIQUID DISCHARGE

==n Ffrrrr=n-"'~='~=,~~F$~~'" 0 = '" DIll~~~~,='T1T '111 LI--\- 1 / .- -,......1,--- III

III ----, I " ~ / ' ----, I I;' ii'-f-:' - -llT - - ii' ,/o' f---I ~P FLANGE -SOUOS DISCHARGE ~nn Tn n \ ~' I I 72.00 [I a2a.a] I I I , " III , "

I I I INSTALL AND SUPPORT -=r;; (BY OTHERS) I I I ,> .> I , I II III

WAlL

I CONTRACTOR TO PRO~' ::::-1 11 ~~u~I~K~~pllll ,fJ: : : ,fJ

I I I I PIPING, SO NO ADOmoNAL I I I I r ~ II I LoAD IS ADDED TO THE END

EL: 59~.7511 ---~-.--,-.-4-----. -":-.-~ ----J,l.-.-~-.--. -. _ .. ---:ENCLOSUR:4--:-~ -~-. -:--.-~~h

---r4-t ~.~ -~-~\'->R~'-;9SI: .-~~~:- -:if~:~- -·~I~-~"RE:·29s10; ~·~~~~~Il . < ·--~-~-·--~~-R~~.29:10:-~1:-:···---:!· n~~{ 2:SI:lip

DRAWN BY DAlE PROJECT NAME 1TTlE

RSS OS/25/10 PROJECT NuMBER: 510325 RDT400

NFORMATION X CERTIFIED CHANNEL puMp HYCOR ® THlCKTECH 1\1

CHECKED BY DAlE CLINTON, IA ROTARY DRUM THICKENER MBK OS/26/10 Pa scAlE REFERENCE DRAWING NO

51032501 REV

SIZE

B 1/48"~1" B SPECIFICAllON SECTION: 11142 SHEEr 2 Of 2

INSTALLATION, OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Documents